Login| Sign Up| Help| Contact|

Patent Searching and Data


Title:
MCL1 INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF
Document Type and Number:
WIPO Patent Application WO/2022/216946
Kind Code:
A1
Abstract:
The present disclosure provides compounds, such as compounds of Formula I, and compositions that are MCL1 inhibitors.

Inventors:
BAKER-TRIPP EMMA (US)
REEVES COREY (US)
STOLTZ BRIAN (US)
BARTBERGER MICHAEL (US)
MCDERMOTT MARTINA (US)
O'BRIEN NEIL (US)
SLAMON DENNIS (US)
Application Number:
PCT/US2022/023860
Publication Date:
October 13, 2022
Filing Date:
April 07, 2022
Export Citation:
Click for automatic bibliography generation   Help
Assignee:
CALIFORNIA INST OF TECHN (US)
1200 PHARMA LLC (US)
UNIV CALIFORNIA (US)
International Classes:
C07D513/04; A61K31/428; A61K31/429; A61K31/4365; A61K31/437; A61K31/496; A61K31/506; A61P35/02; C07D417/14; C07D471/04
Domestic Patent References:
WO2018126898A12018-07-12
WO2017125224A12017-07-27
WO2016207225A12016-12-29
WO2016207217A12016-12-29
WO2021067827A12021-04-08
Foreign References:
EP2886545A12015-06-24
Other References:
SZLáVIK ZOLTAN, ONDI LEVENTE, CSéKEI MáRTON, PACZAL ATTILA, SZABó ZOLTáN B., RADICS GáBOR, MURRAY JA: "Structure-Guided Discovery of a Selective Mcl-1 Inhibitor with Cellular Activity", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 62, no. 15, 8 August 2019 (2019-08-08), US , pages 6913 - 6924, XP055813888, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.9b00134
JOHANNES BELMAR, ET AL: "Small molecule Mcl-1 inhibitors for the treatment of cancer", PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS, ELSEVIER., GB, vol. 145, 1 January 2015 (2015-01-01), GB , pages 76 - 84, XP055490195, ISSN: 0163-7258, DOI: 10.1016/j.pharmthera.2014.08.003
HIRD ALEXANDER W.; TRON ADRIANA E.: "Recent advances in the development of Mcl-1 inhibitors for cancer therapy", PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS, ELSEVIER., GB, vol. 198, 1 January 1900 (1900-01-01), GB , pages 59 - 67, XP085696473, ISSN: 0163-7258, DOI: 10.1016/j.pharmthera.2019.02.007
Attorney, Agent or Firm:
LADISLAW, Janine, S. et al. (US)
Download PDF:
Claims:
We claim: 1. A compound having the structure of Formula XI': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to the ether, and ** represents the point attaching to the phenyl; a1 is CH, N or NH; a2 is C(Z1), N or N(Z2); a3 is C(Z1), N or N(Z2), provided that a1, a2, and a3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; Q is N or C-RQ1; Q1, Q2, and Q3 are each independently H, halo, or alkyl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four RX3; Z1 is cycloalkyl or 4-fluorophenyl, wherein each cycloalkyl or 4-fluorophenyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ1; Z2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ1; RQ1 is cyano; RX3 in each instance is independently cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl- heterocyclyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, or cyano, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four RX3a; RX3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(RX3c)(RX3d), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two RX3b; RX3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; RX3c and RX3d is each independently selected from H, C1-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl; or RX3c and RX3d, together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl or halogen; RZ1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(RZ2)(RZ2), C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1- C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyl and C2-C6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ3; RZ2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl or C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl and C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more RZ3; or two RZ2, together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four RZ3; RZ3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ4; and RZ4 in each instance is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, provided that the compound does not have the structure: wherein X is

andprovided that the compound is not selected from:

2. The compound of claim 1 having the structure of Formula XII': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein ZXII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and RXII is phenyl substituted in the para position with an unsubstituted alkoxy, or a heterocycyl-substituted alkyl; phenyl substituted in the meta position with a haloalkyl, a pyrrolidinyl, or a piperidinyl; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the meta position with a haloalkyl; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the ortho position with an alkoxy or a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with morpholino, and in the meta position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with methoxy, and in the other ortho position with a cycloalkyl or a halo; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with 4-methyl piperazinyl; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with morpholino; or alkoxycycloalkyl; or having the structure of Formula XII": or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein ZXII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and RXII is phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo or methoxy; or unsubstituted tetrahydropyranyl. 3. The compound of claim 1, wherein: the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: , , , , , , represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to the ether, and ** represents the point attaching to the phenyl; a1 is CH, N or NH; a2 is C(Z1), N or N(Z2); a3 is C(Z1), N or N(Z2), provided that a1, a2, and a3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; Q is N or C-RQ1; Q1, Q2, and Q3 are each independently H, halo, or alkyl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four RX3; Z1 is cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more RZ1; Z2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ1; RQ1 is cyano; RX3 in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-heterocyclyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, or cyano, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four RX3a; RX3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(RX3c)(RX3d), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two RX3b; RX3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; RX3c and RX3d is each independently selected from H, C1-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl; or RX3c and RX3d, together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 acyl or halogen; RZ1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(RZ2)(RZ2), C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1- C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyl and C2-C6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ3; RZ2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl or C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl and C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more RZ3; or two RZ2, together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four RZ3; RZ3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more RZ4; and RZ4 in each instance is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano. 4. The compound of claim 3 having the structure of Formula XII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein ZXII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and RXII is phenyl substituted in the para position with an unsubstituted alkoxy, or a heterocycyl-substituted alkyl; phenyl substituted in the meta position with a haloalkyl, a pyrrolidinyl, or a piperidinyl; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the meta position with a haloalkyl; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the ortho position with an alkoxy or a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with morpholino, and in the meta position with a halo; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with 4-methyl piperazinyl; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with morpholino; or alkoxycycloalkyl.

5. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 6. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 7. The compound of claim 6, wherein Z1 is unsubsituted cycloalkyl. 8. The compound of claim 7, wherein Z1 is unsubsituted cyclobutyl. 9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, wherein Q is N. 10. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, wherein Q is C-CN. 11. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wherein X is aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl is substituted with one RX3.

12. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, wherein X is aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl is substituted with two RX3. 13. The compound of claim 11 or 12, wherein X is is phenyl. 14. The compound of claim 11 or 12, wherein X is is pyridinyl. 15. The compound of claim 11 or 12, wherein X is is cyclohexyl. 16. The compound of claim 13, wherein X is 17. The compound of claim 14, wherein X is 18. The compound of claim 15, wherein X is 19. The compound of any one of claims 16-18, wherein RX3 in each instance is independently methoxy, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, or cyano.

20. The compound of any one of claims 16-18, wherein RX3 in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or alkyl-heterocyclyl, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one RX3a. 21. The compound of any one of claims 16-18, wherein RX3 in each instance is independently pyrrolidiny, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or pyrazolyl, wherein each of said pyrrolidiny, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or pyrazolyl is optionally substituted with one RX3a. 22. The compound of claim 20 or 21, wherein the one RX3a is alkyl. 23. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wheren X is , 24. The compound of any one of 1-10, wheren X is 25. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wheren X is

26. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 27. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure: , ,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

28. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

29. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure: pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

30. The compound of claim 1 or claim 3 having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 31. The compound of any one of claims 1-30 that has an MCL1 Kd of about 100 nM or lower. 32. The compound of any one of claims 1-31 that has an average IC50 for the drug sensitive cell lines of Table 3 of 1 µM or lower. 33. The compound of any one of claims 1-32 that has an average IC50 for the drug- sensitive cell lines of Table 3 that is at least about 10-fold more potent than the average IC50 for the drug-resistant cell lines of Table 3. 34. A compound described in Table 4. 35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-34 and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient. 36. A method of treating a patient afflicted with a disease comprising administering an effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1-34 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 35 to the patient so as to thereby treat the disease, wherein the underlying pathology of the disease is mediated by MCL1. 37. The method of claim 36, wherein the disease is a cancer.

38. The method of claim 37, wherein the cancer is selected from a carcinoma, a sarcoma, kidney cancer, epidermis cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, esophagus cancer, gall bladder cancer, ovary cancer, pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, cervix cancer, thyroid cancer, nose cancer, head and neck cancer, prostate cancer, skin cancer, breast cancer, familial melanoma, and melanoma.

39. The method of claim 38, wherein the carcinoma is a carcinoma of the endometrium, bladder, breast, or colon; the sarcoma is Kaposi’s sarcoma, osteosarcoma, tumor of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or habdomyosarcoma; the lung cancer is adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer or non-small cell lung carcinomas; the pancreatic cancer is exocrine pancreatic carcinoma; the skin cancer is squamous cell carcinoma; and the breast cancer is a primary breast tumor, node-negative breast cancer, invasive duct adenocarcinomas of the breast or non-endometrioid breast cancer.

40. The method of claim 37, wherein the cancer is selected from leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, mantle cell lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, diffuse large B cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, and Burkett’s lymphoma, acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, and promyelocytic leukemia.

41. The method of claim 37, wherein the cancer is selected from astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, schwannoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, xeroderma pigmentosum, retinoblastoma, keratoctanthoma, and thyroid follicular cancer.

42. The method of claim 37, wherein the cancer is selected from head and neck cancer, sarcoma, melanoma, myeloma, lymphoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer and acute myelogenous leukemia.

Description:
MCL1 INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF

RELATED APPLICATION

This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/171,875, filed April 7, 2021, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

BACKGROUND

MCL1 (also abbreviated as MCl-1, MCL-1, Mcll or Mcl-1) protein is a member of the BCL2 family of proteins. The BCL2 family regulates apoptosis. Members of the BCL2 family include the pro-apoptotic proteins BAX and BAK, which, when activated, translocate to the outer membrane of mitochondria, where they form homo-oligomers. These oligomers cause pore formation in the outer mitochondrial membrane and triggers apoptosis. Other members of the BCL2 family, including BCL2, BCLXL and MCL1, prevent apoptosis (i.e., they are anti-apoptotic).

The pathological mechanisms of certain diseases are known to involve the deregulation of apoptosis. For example, increased apoptosis is implicated in the neurodegenerative diseases Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and ischemia. In contrast, deficiencies in apoptosis are implicated in the development of cancers and their chemoresi stances, in auto-immune diseases, inflammatory diseases and viral infections.

The anti-apoptotic proteins of the BCL2 family are associated with several cancers, such as, for example, colon cancer, breast cancer, non-small-cell lung cancer, small-cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, lymphoma, myeloma, acute myeloid leukemia (also called acute myelogenous leukemia), chronic lymphocytic leukemia, pancreatic cancer, and ovarian cancer.

Some cancers overexpress MCL1. This overexpression prevents cancer cells from undergoing apoptosis, which allows them to survive and leads to disease progression. It is understood in the art that MCL1 inhibitors can be useful for the treatment of cancers.

Therefore, a welcomed contribution to the art would be small-molecules (i.e., compounds) that inhibit MCL1 activity for treating a broad spectrum of cancers, such as, for example, myeloma, lymphoma, acute myelogenous leukemia, melanoma, sarcoma, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, colorectal cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, and ovarian cancer. SUMMARY In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having: (a) the structure of Formula I: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A is aryl or heteroaryl; B is a bond, aryl or heteroaryl; the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to L 1 , and ** represents the point attaching to B; a 1 is CH, N or NH; a 2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ), provided that a 1 , a 2 , and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p - S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; W is C(O)OR W1 , C(O)N(H)S(O) 2 R W2 , S(O) 2 N(H)C(O)R W2 , S(O) 2 N(H)R W3 , represents the point of attachment; X is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or N(R X1 )(R X2 ), wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Y is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R W3 is aryl or heteroaryl; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X1 and R X2 are in each instance each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; or R X1 and R X2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that n is 0 when B is a bond; and p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; or (b) the structure of Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A is aryl or heteroaryl; B is a bond, aryl or heteroaryl; a1 is CH, N or NH; a 2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a4 is S, O or NH, provided that a 1 , a 2 , and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p - S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; X is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or N(R X1 )(R X2 ), wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Y is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X1 and R X2 are in each instance each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; or R X1 and R X2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that n is 0 when B is a bond; and p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; or (c) the structure of Formula III: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a 2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that q is 0 in –(R X3 ) q when E is absent; (d) the structure of Formula IV: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a 2a is CH or N; a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 in each instance is independently a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; E is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1a is H, halogen, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that q is 0 in –(R X3 ) q when E is absent; or (e) the structure of Formula V: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a 2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; G is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen;R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and r is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; or (f) the structure of Formula VI: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a 2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a4 is S, O or NH; L 1 in each instance is independently a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; E is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; G is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen;R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and r is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; (g) the structure of Formula VII: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Ya is C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or , where represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen;R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that q is 0 in –(R X3 ) q when E is absent; (h) the structure of Formula VIII: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: E is heteroaryl; L 3 is -CH 2 -, or -CH 2 CH 2 -; Yb is H, heterocyclyl, -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 or - CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ; or L 3 is absent and Y b is H; Z 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; and q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; or (i) the structure of Formula IX: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: E is pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl or imidazolyl; L 3 is -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -; Yb morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperindinyl, N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 or N(CH 3 ) 2 ; Z 1 is cyclobutyl, benzyl, pyridinyl, pyrazolyl or imidazolyl; R X3 benzyl, pyridinyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 4 alkyl; R X3a-1 and R X3a-2 is each independently H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, amino, cyano or Halogen; and R Z1 is C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or halogen; (j) the structure of Formula X: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R X3-2 is represents the point of attachment; or (k) the structure of Formula X': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R X3-2 is represents the point of attachment; or (l) the structure of Formula XI: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: , , , , , , represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to the ether, and ** represents the point attaching to the phenyl; a 1 is CH, N or NH; a 2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ), provided that a1, a2, and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; Q is N or C-R Q1 ; Q1, Q2, and Q3 are each independently H, halo, or alkyl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R Q1 is cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-heterocyclyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, or cyano, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; and R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, provided that the compound does not have the structure:

wherein X is ; or (m) the structure of Formula XI': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: , , , , , , represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to the ether, and ** represents the point attaching to the phenyl; a 1 is CH, N or NH; a 2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ), provided that a1, a2, and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; Q is N or C-R Q1 ; Q1, Q2, and Q3 are each independently H, halo, or alkyl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is cycloalkyl or 4-fluorophenyl, wherein each cycloalkyl or 4-fluorophenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R Q1 is cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl- heterocyclyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, or cyano, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; and R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, provided that the compound does not have the structure:

, wherein X is provided that the compound is not selected from: (n) the structure of Formula XII: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

Z XII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and R XII is phenyl substituted in the para position with an unsubstituted alkoxy, or a heterocycyl-substituted alkyl; phenyl substituted in the meta position with a haloalkyl, a pyrrolidinyl, or a piperidinyl; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the meta position with a haloalkyl; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the ortho position with an alkoxy or a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with morpholino, and in the meta position with a halo;pyridinyl substituted in the para position with 4-methyl piperazinyl; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with morpholino; or alkoxycycloalkyl; or (o) the structure of Formula XII': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z XII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and R XII is phenyl substituted in the para position with an unsubstituted alkoxy, or a heterocycyl-substituted alkyl; phenyl substituted in the meta position with a haloalkyl, a pyrrolidinyl, or a piperidinyl; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the meta position with a haloalkyl; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the ortho position with an alkoxy or a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with morpholino, and in the meta position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with methoxy, and in the other ortho position with a cycloalkyl or a halo; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with 4-methyl piperazinyl; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with morpholino; or alkoxycycloalkyl; or (p) the structure of Formula XII": or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z XII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and R XII is phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo or methoxy; or unsubstituted tetrahydropyranyl. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG.1 are the results of an AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft study with a compound of Formula X. Eight mice were used per group, and mice were dosed by intravenous injection (IV) daily (QD) for the first 5 days of the study with various concentrations of the compound of Formula X. FIG.2 shows the change in tumor volume results of the AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft study with the compound of Formula X. FIG.3 is the tabulation of the percentage weight changes per day of mice in the AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft study with the compound of Formula X. DETAILED DESCRIPTION Definitions Unless otherwise defined herein, scientific and technical terms used in this application shall have the meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Generally, nomenclature used in connection with, and techniques of, chemistry, cell and tissue culture, molecular biology, cell and cancer biology, immunology, pharmacology, genetics and protein and nucleic acid chemistry, described herein, are those well-known and commonly used in the art. The methods and techniques of the present disclosure are generally performed, unless otherwise indicated, according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout this specification. See, e.g., Motulsky, “Intuitive Biostatistics”, Oxford University Press, Inc. (1995); Lodish et al., “Molecular Cell Biology, 4th ed.”, W. H. Freeman & Co., New York (2000); Griffiths et al., “Introduction to Genetic Analysis, 7th ed.”, W. H. Freeman & Co., N.Y. (1999); and Gilbert et al., “Developmental Biology, 6th ed.”, Sinauer Associates, Inc., Sunderland, MA (2000). Chemistry terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, are used according to conventional usage in the art, as exemplified by “The McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms”, Parker S., Ed., McGraw-Hill, San Francisco, C.A. (1985). All of the above, and any other publications, patents and published patent applications referred to in this application are specifically incorporated by reference herein. In case of conflict, the present specification, including its specific definitions, will control. A “patient,” “subject,” or “individual” are used interchangeably and refer to either a human or a non-human animal. These terms include mammals, such as humans, primates, livestock animals (including bovines, porcines, etc.), companion animals (e.g., canines, felines, etc.) and rodents (e.g., mice and rats). “Treating” a condition or patient refers to taking steps to obtain beneficial or desired results, including clinical results. As used herein, and as well understood in the art, “treatment” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results, including clinical results. Beneficial or desired clinical results can include, but are not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms or conditions, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e. not worsening) state of disease, preventing spread of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment. The term “preventing” is art-recognized, and when used in relation to a condition, such as a local recurrence (e.g., pain), a disease such as cancer, a syndrome complex such as heart failure or any other medical condition, is well understood in the art, and includes administration of a composition which reduces the frequency of, or delays the onset of, symptoms of a medical condition in a subject relative to a subject which does not receive the composition. Thus, prevention of cancer includes, for example, reducing the number of detectable cancerous growths in a population of patients receiving a prophylactic treatment relative to an untreated control population, and/or delaying the appearance of detectable cancerous growths in a treated population versus an untreated control population, e.g., by a statistically and/or clinically significant amount. “Administering” or “administration of” a substance, a compound or an agent to a subject can be carried out using one of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, a compound or an agent can be administered, intravenously, arterially, intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, ocularly, sublingually, orally (by ingestion), intranasally (by inhalation), intraspinally, intracerebrally, and transdermally (by absorption, e.g., through a skin duct). A compound or agent can also appropriately be introduced by rechargeable or biodegradable polymeric devices or other devices, e.g., patches and pumps, or formulations, which provide for the extended, slow or controlled release of the compound or agent. Administering can also be performed, for example, once, a plurality of times, and/or over one or more extended periods. Appropriate methods of administering a substance, a compound or an agent to a subject will also depend, for example, on the age and/or the physical condition of the subject and the chemical and biological properties of the compound or agent (e.g., solubility, digestibility, bioavailability, stability and toxicity). In some embodiments, a compound or an agent is administered orally, e.g., to a subject by ingestion. In some embodiments, the orally administered compound or agent is in an extended release or slow release formulation, or administered using a device for such slow or extended release. The term “acyl” is art-recognized and refers to a group represented by the general formula hydrocarbylC(O)-, preferably alkylC(O)-. An “alkyl” group or “alkane” is a straight chained or branched non-aromatic hydrocarbon which is completely saturated. Typically, a straight chained or branched alkyl group has from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 unless otherwise defined. Examples of straight chained and branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, pentyl and octyl. A C 1 –C 6 straight chained or branched alkyl group is also referred to as a “lower alkyl” group. Alternatively, when an alkyl group is between or conjugating two groups, it is considered an alkylene. Moreover, the term “alkyl” (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents, if not otherwise specified, can include, for example, a halogen (e.g., fluoro), a hydroxyl, an oxo, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxy, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. In preferred embodiments, the substituents on substituted alkyls are selected from C 1 –C 6 alkyl, C 3 –C 6 cycloalkyl, halogen, amino, carbonyl, cyano, or hydroxyl. In more preferred embodiments, the substituents on substituted alkyls are selected from fluoro, carbonyl, cyano, or hydroxyl. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF 3 , -CN and the like. Exemplary substituted alkyls are described below. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxys, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, -CF 3 , -CN, and the like. The term “alkenyl,” as used herein, refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one double bond and is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkenyls” and “substituted alkenyls” the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the alkenyl group. Such substituents may occur on one or more carbons that are included or not included in one or more double bonds. Moreover, such substituents include all those contemplated for alkyl groups, as discussed below, except where stability is prohibitive. For example, substitution of alkenyl groups by one or more alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl groups is contemplated. The term “alkynyl,” as used herein, refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one triple bond and is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkynyls” and “substituted alkynyls,” the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the alkynyl group. Such substituents may occur on one or more carbons that are included or not included in one or more triple bonds. Moreover, such substituents include all those contemplated for alkyl groups, as discussed above, except where stability is prohibitive. For example, substitution of alkynyl groups by one or more alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl groups is contemplated. The term “alkylamino,” as used herein, refers to an amino group substituted with at least one alkyl group. The term “alkylthio,” as used herein, refers to a thiol group substituted with an alkyl group and may be represented by the general formula alkylS-. The term “C x –C y ,” when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as, acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy is meant to include groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain. For example, the term “C x –C y alkyl” refers to substituted or unsubstituted saturated hydrocarbon groups, including straight-chain alkyl and branched-chain alkyl groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain, including haloalkyl groups. Preferred haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and pentafluoroethyl. C0 alkyl indicates a hydrogen where the group is in a terminal position, a bond if internal. The terms “C 2 –C y alkenyl” and “C 2 –C y alkynyl” refer to substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively. The term “alkoxy” refers to an alkyl group, preferably a lower alkyl group, having an oxygen attached thereto. Representative alkoxy groups include methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. The terms “amine” and “amino” are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines and salts thereof, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by wherein each R A independently represents a hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group, or two R A are taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.

The term “aminoalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an amino group.

The term “aralkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.

The term “aryl” as used herein include substituted or unsubstituted single-ring aromatic groups in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Preferably the ring is a 6- to 10-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring. The term “aryl” also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g ., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Aryl groups include benzene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, aniline, and the like.

The term “carbocycle” refers to a saturated or unsaturated ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon. The term carbocycle includes both aromatic carbocycles and nonaromatic carbocycles. Non-aromatic carbocycles include both cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl rings. “Carbocycle” includes 5-7 membered monocyclic and 8-12 membered bicyclic rings. Each ring of a bicyclic carbocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated and aromatic rings. Carbocycle includes bicyclic molecules in which one, two or three or more atoms are shared between the two rings. Carbocycle includes bicyclic molecules in which one, two or three or more atoms are shared between the two rings.

The term “fused carbocycle” refers to a bicyclic carbocycle in which each of the rings shares two adjacent atoms with the other ring. Each ring of a fused carbocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated and aromatic rings. In an exemplary embodiment, an aromatic ring, e.g., phenyl, may be fused to a saturated or unsaturated ring, e.g., cyclohexane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexene. Any combination of saturated, unsaturated and aromatic bicyclic rings, as valence permits, is included in the definition of carbocyclic. Exemplary “carbocycles” include cyclopentane, cyclohexane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 1,5-cyclooctadiene, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene, bicyclo[4.2.0]oct-3-ene, naphthalene and adamantane. Exemplary fused carbocycles include decalin, naphthalene, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene, bicyclo[4.2.0]octane, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-indene and bicyclo[4.1.0]hept-3-ene. “Carbocycles” may be substituted at any one or more positions capable of bearing a hydrogen atom.

A “cycloalkyl” group is a cyclic hydrocarbon which is completely saturated. “Cycloalkyl” includes monocyclic and bicyclic rings. Typically, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has from 3- to about 10-carbon atoms, from 3- to 8-carbon atoms, or more typically from 3- to 6-carbon atoms unless otherwise defined. The second ring of a bicyclic cycloalkyl may be selected from saturated, unsaturated and aromatic rings. Cycloalkyl includes bicyclic molecules in which one, two, or three or more atoms are shared between the two rings ( e.g ., fused bicyclic compounds, bridged bicyclic compounds, and spirocyclic compounds).

The term “fused bicyclic compound” refers to a bicyclic molecule in which two rings share two adjacent atoms. In other words, the rings share one covalent bond, i.e., the so-called bridgehead atoms are directly connected (e.g., a-thujene and decalin). For example, in a fused cycloalkyl each of the rings shares two adjacent atoms with the other ring, and the second ring of a fused bicyclic cycloalkyl may be selected from saturated, unsaturated and aromatic rings.

The term “spirocyclic compound” or “spirocycle” refers to a bicyclic molecule or group in which the two rings have only one single atom, the spiro atom, in common.

The terms “heteroaryl” and “hetaryl” include substituted or unsubstituted aromatic single ring structures, preferably 5- to 7-membered rings, more preferably 5- to 6- membered rings, whose ring structures include at least one heteroatom, preferably one to four heteroatoms, more preferably one or two heteroatoms. The terms “heteroaryl” and “hetaryl” also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heteroaromatic, e.g, the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, quinoline, quinoxaline, naphthyridine, and the like.

The term “heteroatom” as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.

The terms “heterocyclyl”, “heterocycle”, and “heterocyclic” refer to substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic ring structures, preferably 3- to 10-membered rings, preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, more preferably 5- to 6-membered rings, in some instances, most preferably a 5-membered ring, in other instances, most preferably a 6- membered ring, which ring structures include at least one heteroatom, preferably one to four heteroatoms, more preferably one or two heteroatoms. The terms “heterocyclyl” and “heterocyclic” also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which one, two or more carbons (e.g., fused heterobicyclic compounds, bridged heterobicyclic compounds, and heterospirocyclic compounds) are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heterocyclic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. The terms “heterocyclyl” and “heterocyclic” further include spirocycles, wherein at least one of the rings is heterocyclic, e.g., the other cyclic ring can be cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and/or heterocyclyl. Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, morpholine, lactones, lactams, oxazolines, imidazolines, 1-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, and the like. The terms “halo” and “halogen” as used herein means halogen and includes chloro, fluoro, bromo, and iodo. The term “haloalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halo. The term “hydrocarbyl”, as used herein, refers to a group that is bonded through a carbon atom that does not have a =O or =S substituent, and typically has at least one carbon-hydrogen bond and a primarily carbon backbone, but may optionally include heteroatoms. Thus, groups like methyl, ethoxyethyl, 2-pyridyl, and trifluoromethyl are considered to be hydrocarbyl for the purposes of this application, but substituents such as acetyl (which has a =O substituent on the linking carbon) and ethoxy (which is linked through oxygen, not carbon) are not. Hydrocarbyl groups include, but are not limited to aryl, heteroaryl, carbocycle, heterocyclyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and combinations thereof. The term “hydroxyalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. The term “sulfonamide” is art-recognized and refers to the group represented by the general formulae wherein each R A independently represents hydrogen or hydrocarbyl, such as alkyl, or both R A taken together with the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure. The term “sulfoxide” is art-recognized and refers to the group -S(O)-R A , wherein R A represents a hydrocarbyl. The term “sulfonyl” is art-recognized and refers to the group -S(O) 2 -R A , wherein R A represents a hydrocarbyl. The term “substituted” refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the backbone. It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. Substitutions can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is art-recognized. In certain embodiments, the term includes compositions, excipients, adjuvants, polymers and other materials and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” or “salt” is used herein to refer to an acid addition salt or a basic addition salt that is suitable for or compatible with the treatment of patients. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” as used herein means any non-toxic organic or inorganic salt of any base compounds disclosed herein. Illustrative inorganic acids that form suitable salts include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric and phosphoric acids, as well as metal salts such as sodium monohydrogen orthophosphate and potassium hydrogen sulfate. Illustrative organic acids that form suitable salts include mono-, di-, and tricarboxylic acids such as glycolic, lactic, pyruvic, malonic, succinic, glutaric, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, maleic, benzoic, phenylacetic, cinnamic and salicylic acids, as well as sulfonic acids such as p-toluene sulfonic and methanesulfonic acids. Either the mono or di-acid salts can be formed, and such salts may exist in either a hydrated, solvated or substantially anhydrous form. In general, the acid addition salts of compounds disclosed herein are more soluble in water and various hydrophilic organic solvents, and generally demonstrate higher melting points in comparison to their free base forms. The selection of the appropriate salt will be known to one skilled in the art. Other non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts, e.g, oxalates, may be used, for example, in the isolation of compounds of the invention for laboratory use, or for subsequent conversion to a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable basic addition salt” as used herein means any non-toxic organic or inorganic base addition salt of any acid compounds of the invention, or any of their intermediates. Illustrative inorganic bases that form suitable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, or barium hydroxide. Illustrative organic bases which form suitable salts include aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic organic amines such as methylamine, trimethylamine and picoline or ammonia. The selection of the appropriate salt will be known to a person skilled in the art.

Many of the compounds useful in the methods and compositions of this disclosure have at least one stereogenic center in their structure. This stereogenic center may be present in a R or a S configuration, said R and S notation is used in correspondence with the rules described in Pure Appl. Chem. (1976), 45, 11-30. The disclosure contemplates all stereoisomeric forms such as enantiomeric and diastereoisomeric forms of the compounds, salts, prodrugs or mixtures thereof (including all possible mixtures of stereoisomers). See, e.g., WO 01/062726.

Furthermore, certain compounds which contain alkenyl groups may exist as Z (zusammen) or E (entgegen) isomers. In each instance, the disclosure includes both mixtures and separate individual isomers.

Some of the compounds may also exist in tautomeric forms. Such forms, although not explicitly indicated in the formulae described herein, are intended to be included within the scope of the present disclosure.

This disclosure contemplates all rotational isomers and atropisomers of the compounds and the salts, drugs, prodrugs, or mixtures thereof (including all possible mixtures of rotational isomers). Structures shown without stereochemistry are intended to cover one, the other, or a mixture of both rotational isomers or atropisomers.

“Prodrug” or “pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug” refers to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host after administration to form the compound of the present disclosure ( e.g ., compounds of the invention). Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile or cleavable (protecting) groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, or dephosphorylated to produce the active compound. Examples of prodrugs using ester or phosphoramidate as biologically labile or cleavable (protecting) groups are disclosed in U.S. Patents 6,875,751, 7,585,851, and 7,964,580, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. The prodrugs of this disclosure are metabolized to produce a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The present disclosure includes within its scope, prodrugs of the compounds described herein. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrugs are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs” Ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.

Example Compounds

In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula I: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

A is aryl or heteroaryl;

B is a bond, aryl or heteroaryl; the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from:

represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to L 1 , and ** represents the point attaching to B; a 1 is CH, N or NH; a 2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ), provided that a1, a2, and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p - S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; W is C(O)OR W1 , C(O)N(H)S(O) 2 R W2 , S(O) 2 N(H)C(O)R W2 , S(O) 2 N(H)R W3 , represents the point of attachment; X is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or N(R X1 )(R X2 ), wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Y is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R W3 is aryl or heteroaryl; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X1 and R X2 are in each instance each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; or R X1 and R X2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that n is 0 when B is a bond; and p in each instance is independently 0 or 1. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I, wherein: R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I, wherein: B is aryl or heteroaryl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or N(R X1 )(R X2 ), wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro, or cyano; and n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A is aryl or heteroaryl; B is a bond, aryl or heteroaryl; a 1 is CH, N or NH; a2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 4 is S, O or NH, provided that a1, a2, and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p - S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; X is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or N(R X1 )(R X2 ), wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Y is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X1 and R X2 are in each instance each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; or R X1 and R X2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen. R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that n is 0 when B is a bond; and p in each instance is independently 0 or 1. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II, wherein: R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II, wherein: B is aryl or heteroaryl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or N(R X1 )(R X2 ), wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro, or cyano; and n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II, wherein: A is aryl; B is aryl; a 1 is CH; a 2 is C(H) or N; a 3 is C(Z 1 ); a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; X is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Y is heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X1 and R X2 are in each instance each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; or R X1 and R X2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Z1 in each instance is independently halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and p in each instance is independently 0 or 1. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II, wherein: A is aryl; B is aryl; a 1 is CH; a2 is C(Z 1 ); a 3 is C(H); a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; X is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Y is heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X1 and R X2 are in each instance each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; or R X1 and R X2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Z1 in each instance is independently halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and p in each instance is independently 0 or 1. In preferred embodiments, Z 1 is a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl. In more preferred embodiments, the bicyclic heteroaryl is indazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzoimidazolonyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl or isoquinolinyl, wherein each of indazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzoimidazolonyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl and isoquinolinyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three groups independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I or II, wherein A is phenyl, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine or thiophene. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I or II, wherein B is phenyl, pyridine or thiophene. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of any of Formulas I or II, wherein: A is phenyl, pyridine or pyrimidine; B is phenyl, pyridine or thiophene; L 1 is O; R 1 is H; R 2 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or halogen; m is 0; and n is 2. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I or II, wherein: Y is represents the point of attachment; R 3 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 4 is -O-P(O)(O-)(O-), -O-P(O)(O-)(OR 5 ), -O-P(O)(OR 5 )(OR 5 ), -O-S(O 2 )-O-, -O-S(O 2 )-OR 5 , Cy a , -O-C(O)-R 6 , -O-C(O)-OR 6 , or -O-C(O)-N(R 6 )(R 6 ); Cy a is cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R 5 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or aralkyl(C 1 -C 6 ); and R 6 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I or II, wherein L 2 is a bond and Y is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula III: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a 2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that q is 0 in –(R X3 ) q when E is absent. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III, wherein: E is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III, wherein: R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III, wherein: a 2 is C(H) or N; a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is aryl or heteroaryl; F is cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Z1 in each instance is independently halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of any of Formulas I, II or III, wherein: L 1 is O; R 1 is H; R 2 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or halogen; m is 0; and n is 2. In other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of any of Formula I, II or III, wherein: R W1 is H; L 1 is O; R 1 is H; R 2 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or halogen; m is 0; and n is 2. In other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of any of Formula I, II or III, wherein a 2 is C(H) or N. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III, wherein Z 1 in each instance is independently H or halogen, and more particularly, the halogen is Br or Cl. In other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III, wherein Z 1 in each instance is independently H, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridine, optionally substituted thiophene, optionally substituted furan, optionally substituted pyrrole, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted cyclobutyl. In preferred embodiments, Z 1 is cycloalkyl, and more preferably, cyclobutyl. In some embodiments, the optional substitution is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and more particularly, the C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, the optional substitution is halogen, and more particularly, the halogen is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula IV: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a2a is CH or N; a 4 is S, O or NH; L 1 in each instance is independently a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; E is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1a is H, halogen, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that q is 0 in –(R X3 )q when E is absent. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula IV, wherein: E is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula IV, wherein: R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III or IV, wherein: R 1 is H; R 2 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or halogen; m is 0; and n is 2. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula IV, wherein Z 1a is halogen, and more particularly, the halogen is Br or Cl. In other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula IV, wherein Z 1a is optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridine, optionally substituted thiophene, optionally substituted furan, optionally substituted pyrrole, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted cyclobutyl. In some embodiments, the optional substitution is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and more particularly, the C 1 -C 6 alkyl is methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, the optional substitution is halogen, and more particularly, the halogen is F or Cl. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III or IV, wherein: E is phenyl, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole or triazole; F is pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyran, morpholine, 2,6- diazaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, or 2- oxaspiro[3.3]heptanyl; R X3 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1 or 2. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula V: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; G is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen;R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and r is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula V, wherein: R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula VI: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a4 is S, O or NH; L 1 in each instance is independently a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; E is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; F is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; G is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen;R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and r is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula VI, wherein R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III, IV, V or VI, wherein: F is where represents the point of attachment; R 3 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 4 is -O-P(O)(O-)(O-), -O-P(O)(O-)(OR 5 ), -O-P(O)(OR 5 )(OR 5 ), -O-S(O 2 )-O-, -O-S(O 2 )-OR 5 , Cy a , -O-C(O)-R 6 , -O-C(O)-OR 6 , or -O-C(O)-N(R 6 )(R 6 ); R 5 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or aralkyl(C 1 -C 6 ); R 6 in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl; and q, in the instance of F substitution with R X3 , is 0. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula VII: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: a2 is C(Z 1 ) or N; a4 is S, O or NH; L 1 is a bond, CH 2 , O, NH, S, SO, or SO 2 ; L 2 in each instance is independently a bond, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -O-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -N(R X1 )-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O)-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -, or -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -S(O) 2 -(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) p -; E is absent, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; Y a is C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, N(R X1 )(R X2 ), or hydroxyl; Z 1 in each instance is independently H, halogen, -L 2 -Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Cy is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Cy1 ; R 1 is H, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 hydroxyalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 alkoxy; R 2 in each instance is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, nitro or N(R 2a )(R 2b ); R 2a and R 2b are each independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; R W1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CH(R W1a )(R W2a ), heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or represents the point of attachment, wherein each of said heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W1a is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R W2a is OC(O)OR W2b , OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ) or OP(O)(OR W2b ) 2 ; R W2b in each instance is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or, when R W2a is OC(O)N(R W2b )(R W2b ), the two R W2b , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocyclyl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R W3a ; R W3a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Cy2 )(R Cy2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano; R Cy2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p in each instance is independently 0 or 1; and q in each instance is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, with the proviso that q is 0 in –(R X3 ) q when E is absent. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula VII, wherein: E is phenyl, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole or triazole; Ya is N(R X1 )(R X2 ); and q in each instance is independently 0, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the invention relates to any compound described herein, wherein C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl is trifluoromethane or trifluoroethane. In other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI or VII, wherein R W1 is In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula VIII: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: E is heteroaryl; L 3 is -CH 2 -, or -CH 2 CH 2 -; Y b is H, heterocyclyl, -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 or - CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ; or L 3 is absent and Y b is H; Z 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R X3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano; and q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula VIII, wherein: E is pyrimidynyl or pyrazolyl; L 3 is -CH 2 CH 2 -; Y b is heterocyclyl; Z 1 is cycloalkyl; and q is 0, 1 or 2. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula VIII has an MCL1 K d of about 100 nM or lower. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula VIII has an average IC 50 for the drug sensitive cell lines of Table 3 of 1 µM or lower. In yet other embodiments, the compound of Formula VIII has an average IC 50 for the drug-sensitive cell lines of Table 3 that is at least about 10-fold more potent than the average IC 50 for the drug-resistant cell lines of Table 3. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula IX: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: E is pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl or imidazolyl; L 3 is -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -; Yb morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperindinyl, N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 or N(CH 3 ) 2 ; Z 1 is cyclobutyl, benzyl, pyridinyl, pyrazolyl or imidazolyl; R X3 benzyl, pyridinyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 4 alkyl; R X3a-1 and R X3a-2 is each independently H, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, amino, cyano or Halogen; and R Z1 is C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or halogen. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula X: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R X3-2 is represents the point of attachment. In specific embodiments, R X3-2 is In preferable embodiments, R X3-2 is In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula X': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R X3-2 is

In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a compound having the structure of Formula XI: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to the ether, and ** represents the point attaching to the phenyl; a 1 is CH, N or NH; a2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ), provided that a 1 , a 2 , and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; Q is N or C-R Q1 ; Q 1, Q 2, and Q 3 are each independently H, halo, or alkyl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R Q1 is cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl- heterocyclyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, or cyano, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; and R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, provided that the compound does not have the structure: wherein X is In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to a compound having the structure of Formula XI': or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: the 5,6-membered bicyclic heteroaryl represented by C and D is selected from: represents the points of attachment, * represents the point attaching to the ether, and ** represents the point attaching to the phenyl; a1 is CH, N or NH; a 2 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ); a 3 is C(Z 1 ), N or N(Z 2 ), provided that a1, a2, and a 3 are selected such that ring D is aromatic; Q is N or C-R Q1 ; Q1, Q2, and Q3 are each independently H, halo, or alkyl; X is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; Z 1 is cycloalkyl or 4-fluorophenyl, wherein each of cycloalkyl or 4-fluorophenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; Z 2 is H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z1 ; R Q1 is cyano; R X3 in each instance is independently cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl- heterocyclyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, or cyano, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R X3a ; R X3a in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl is optionally substituted with one, or two R X3b ; R X3b in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano, wherein each of aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or two groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen; R Z1 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; R Z2 in each instance is independently H, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R Z3 ; or two R Z2 , together with the N to which they are connected, form a heterocycle or heteroaryl, wherein each of said heterocycle and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four R Z3 ; R Z3 in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more R Z4 ; and R Z4 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, amino, nitro or cyano, provided that the compound does not have the structure: wherein X is provided that the compound is not selected from:

In specific embodiments, the compound of the invention has the structure of Formula XI or XI’, wherein R Z1 in each instance is independently oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano. In other embodiments, R Z1 in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl. In preferred embodiments, R Z1 in each instance is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R Z1 occurs once or twice. In other embodiments, R Z1 occurs twice. In preferred embodiments, R Z1 occurs once. In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to a compound having the structure of Formula XII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z XII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and R XII is phenyl substituted in the para position with an unsubstituted alkoxy, or a heterocycyl-substituted alkyl; phenyl substituted in the meta position with a haloalkyl, a pyrrolidinyl, or a piperidinyl; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the meta position with a haloalkyl; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the ortho position with an alkoxy or a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with morpholino, and in the meta position with a halo; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with 4-methyl piperazinyl; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with morpholino; or alkoxycycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to a compound having the structure of Formula XII':

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z XII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and R XII is phenyl substituted in the para position with an unsubstituted alkoxy, or a heterocycyl-substituted alkyl; phenyl substituted in the meta position with a haloalkyl, a pyrrolidinyl, or a piperidinyl; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the meta position with a haloalkyl; phenyl substituted in the para position with cyano, and in the ortho position with an alkoxy or a halo; phenyl substituted in the para position with morpholino, and in the meta position with a halo; phenyl substituted in the ortho position with methoxy, and in the other ortho position with a cycloalkyl or a halo; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with 4-methyl piperazinyl; pyridinyl substituted in the para position with morpholino; or alkoxycycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to a compound having the structure of Formula XII":

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z XII is cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutyl; and R XII is phenyl substituted in the ortho position with a halo or methoxy; or unsubstituted tetrahydropyranyl. In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, Z 1 is unsubsituted cycloalkyl. In other embodiments, Z 1 is unsubsituted cyclobutyl. In specific embodiments, Z 1 is cycloakyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano. In other embodiments, the one or two substituents are each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl. In preferred embodiments, the one or two substituents are C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, In other embodiments, there are two substituents. In preferred embodiments, there is one substituent. In certain embodiments, Q is N. In other embodiments, Q is C-CN. In certain embodiments, X is aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl is substituted with one R X3 . In certain embodiments, X is aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl is substituted with two R X3 . In certain embodiments, X is is phenyl. In other embodiments, X is is pyridinyl. In other embodiments, X is is cyclohexyl. In certain embodiments, X is In other embodiments, X is In other embodiments, X is In certain embodiments, X is and R X3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one R X3a . In preferred embodiments, the heteroaryl of R X3 is 5- membered. In certain embodiments, X is and R X3 in each instance is independently methoxy, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, cyano or heterocyclyl, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one R X3a . In preferred embodiments, the R X3 group in the position para to the point of attachment (i.e., where represents the points of attachment) is heterocyclyl or cyano, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one R X3a , and the R X3 group in the position ortho to the point of attachment (i.e., where represents the points of attachment) is methoxy, trifluoromethyl, fluoro or chloro. In certain embodiments, R X3 in each instance is independently methoxy, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, or cyano. In other embodiments, R X3 in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or alkyl-heterocyclyl, wherein each of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one R X3a . In other embodiments, R X3 in each instance is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or pyrazolyl, wherein each of said pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or pyrazolyl is optionally substituted with one R X3a . In certain embodiments, R X3 in each instance is independently methoxy, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, chloro, cyano heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one R X3a . In certain embodiments, R X3a is alkyl. In other embodiments, R X3a is CH 3 . In certain embodiments, X is In certain embodiments, X is and In certain embodiments, described herein are compounds having the structure: , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is , In certain embodiments, Z 1 is unsubsituted cycloalkyl. In other embodiments, Z 1 is unsubsituted cyclobutyl. In specific embodiments, Z 1 is cycloakyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from oxo, halogen, hydroxy, N(R Z2 )(R Z2 ), C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, nitro or cyano. In other embodiments, the one or two substituents are each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl. In preferred embodiments, the one or two substituents are C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, In other embodiments, there are two substituents. In preferred embodiments, there is one substituent. In certain embodiments, Q is N. In other embodiments, Q is C-CN. In certain embodiments, X is In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compound has the structure: pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, X in each instance is independently aryl, heteroaryl or cycloalkyl, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl and cycloalkyl is substituted with one, two, three or four R X3 ; R X3 in each instance is independently heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, -C(O)N(R X3c )(R X3d ), amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, or cyano, wherein each of heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three R X3a ; R X3b in each instance is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl, halogen, amino, nitro, sulfonamide, sulfoxide, sulfonyl or cyano; and R X3c and R X3d is each independently selected from H, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1 -C 6 acyl; or R X3c and R X3d , together with the N to which they are connected, form a 4 – 6 membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one, two or three groups each independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 6 acyl or halogen. In preferred embodiments, X is phenyl, pyridinyl, thiophenyl, cyclohexyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl. In preferred embodiments, R X3 is pyridinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, Cl, F, or OCH 3 . In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XI or Formula XII has an MCL1 K d of about 100 nM or lower. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XI or Formula XII has an average IC 50 for the drug sensitive cell lines of Table 3 of 1 µM or lower. In yet other embodiments, the compound of Formula XI or Formula XII has an average IC 50 for the drug-sensitive cell lines of Table 3 that is at least about 10-fold more potent than the average IC 50 for the drug-resistant cell lines of Table 3. In yet other embodiments, the compound of Formula VIII is selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof . In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from: , ,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III having a structure selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

, ,

, , ,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In other aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula II having a structure selected from: , ,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some aspects, the invention relates to a compound of Formula III having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular aspects, the compound is selected from:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI' having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from: pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from: pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In particular embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of Formula XI having a structure selected from:

, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient. Specific embodiments of the invention include those compounds listed in Table 1. The identifying number (“Cmpd”), the chemical structure (“Structure”), and the example method used to synthesize the compound (“Method”) are disclosed in Table 1 for each compound. Specific embodiments of the invention include compounds of Formula IX, wherein E, R X3 , R X3a-1 , R X3a-2 , L 3 , Y b , Z 1 and R Z1 are defined, in that order, as listed in each row of Table 4.

Table 1.

Example Methods of Treatment/Use

The compounds described herein are inhibitors of MCL1 and therefore may be useful for treating diseases wherein the underlying pathology is (at least in part) mediated by MCL1 or the dysregulation of its normal activity. Such diseases include cancer and other diseases in which there is a disorder of cell proliferation, apoptosis, or differentiation.

In certain embodiments, the method of treating cancer in a subject in need thereof comprises administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For example, the cancer may be selected from carcinoma ( e.g ., a carcinoma of the endometrium, bladder, breast, or colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma)), sarcoma (e.g., a sarcoma such as Kaposi’s, osteosarcoma, tumor of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or habdomyosarcoma), kidney, epidermis, liver, lung (e.g, adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), esophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g, exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid, nose, head and neck, prostate, and skin ( e.g ., squamous cell carcinoma), human breast cancers (e.g., primary breast tumors, node-negative breast cancer, invasive duct adenocarcinomas of the breast, non- endometrioid breast cancers), familial melanoma, and melanoma. Other examples of cancers that may be treated with a compound of the invention include hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage (e.g. leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, mantle cell lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma (such as diffuse large B cell lymphoma), T-cell lymphoma, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, and Burkett’s lymphoma), and hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage, for example acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, and promyelocytic leukemia. Other cancers include a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma or schwannoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; xeroderma pigmentosum; retinoblastoma; keratoctanthoma; and thyroid follicular cancer.

In particular embodiments, the cancer is selected from head and neck cancer, sarcoma, melanoma, myeloma, lymphoma, lung cancer (including non-small cell lung cancer and small cell lung cancer), breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer and acute myelogenous leukemia.

In some aspects, the subject is a mammal, for example, a human.

Further disclosed herein are methods of inhibiting MCL1 in a cell comprising contacting said cell with any of the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that the function of MCL1 is inhibited in said cell. For example, the cell is a cancer cell. In preferred embodiments, proliferation of the cell is inhibited or cell death is induced.

Further disclosed herein is a method of treating a disease treatable by inhibition of MCL1 in a subject, comprising administering to the subject in recognized need of such treatment, an effective amount of any of the compounds described herein and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Diseases treatable by inhibition of MCL1 include, for example, diseases characterized by dysregulation of apoptosis, including hyperproliferative diseases such as cancer. Further exemplary diseases include head and neck cancer, sarcoma, melanoma, myeloma, lymphoma, lung cancer (including non-small cell lung cancer and small cell lung cancer), breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer and acute myelogenous leukemia. The methods of treatment comprise administering a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof. Individual embodiments include methods of treating any one of the above-mentioned disorders or diseases by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof. Certain embodiments include a method of modulating MCL1 activity in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Additional embodiments provide a method for the treatment of a disorder or a disease mediated by MCL1 in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X or XI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Other embodiments of the invention provide a method of treating a disorder or a disease mediated by MCL1, in a subject in need of treatment thereof comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the disorder or the disease is selected from carcinomas with genetic aberrations that activate MCL1 activity. These include, but are not limited to, cancers. FIG.1 are the results of an AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft study with a compound of Formula X and with an MCL1 inhibitor being tested in humans and available as catalog number HY-112218 on October 2, 2020 (MedChemExpress LLC, New Jersey, USA). Eight mice were used per group, and mice were dosed by intravenous injection (IV) daily (QD) for the first 5 days of the study with various concentrations of the compound of Formula X or with HY-112218. The 10 mg/kg dose of HY-112218 and the 60 mg/kg dose of the compound of Formula X are about the maximum tolerated dose for mice and represent a theoretical efficacious dose for humans. These results demonstrate an unexpected prolonged tumor growth inhibition with the compound of Formula X, whereas tumors treated with HY-112218 resumed growth at or about Day 21 of the study. FIG.2 shows the change in tumor volume results of the AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft study over time, and FIG.3 is the tabulation of the percentage weight changes per day of mice in the AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft study. The compounds of Formula XI or XII disclosed herein display comparable activity to the compound of Fomula X in the the AMO-1 myeloma cell line xenograft studies. The present method also provides the use of a compound of invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment of a disorder or disease mediated by MCL1. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is used for the treatment of a disorder or a disease mediated by MCL1. Yet other embodiments of the present method provide a compound according to Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X or XI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament. Still other embodiments of the present method encompass the use of a compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X or XI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder or disease mediated by MCL1. EQUIVALENTS While specific embodiments of the subject invention have been discussed, the above specification is illustrative and not restrictive. Many variations of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon review of this specification and the claims below. The full scope of the invention should be determined by reference to the claims, along with their full scope of equivalents, and the specification, along with such variations. EXEMPLIFICATION Synthetic Protocols Compounds as disclosed herein can be synthesized via a number of specific methods. The examples which outline specific synthetic routes, and the generic schemes below are meant to provide guidance to the ordinarily skilled synthetic chemist, who will readily appreciate that the solvent, concentration, reagent, protecting group, order of synthetic steps, time, temperature, and the like can be modified as necessary, well within the skill and judgment of the ordinarily skilled artisan. Example A: Synthesis of Compounds A2 through A9 Synthesis of Compound A2 To a mixture of compound A1 (140 g, 592.1 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (554.3 g, 17.3 mol, 700 mL, 29.2 eq) was added H 2 SO 4 (116.1 g, 1.18 mol, 63.1 mL, 2.00 eq) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 12 hours. LCMS (product Rt = 0.867 min, m/z = 252.4 (M+1) + ) showed compound A1 was consumed and a main peak with desired MS was formed. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give residue which was adjusted to pH 8 by aqueous NaHCO 3 . The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (1.00 L, 2 times). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (500 mL, 2 times), dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield compound A2 (106.0 g, 415.15 mmol, 70.1% yield, 98.1% purity) as a yellow oil, and was confirmed by LCMS (compound A2 Rt = 0.866 min, m/z = 252.4 (M+1) + ) and HNMR. Compound A2 in its yellow oil state was used directly for the next step. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound A3 To a mixture of compound A2 (106.0 g, 423.2 mmol, 1.00 eq) , Pd 2 (dba) 3 (19.38 g, 21.16 mmol, 0.05 eq), K 2 CO 3 (58.5 g, 423.2 mmol, 1.00 eq), and Xantphos (24.5 g, 42.3 mmol, 0.10 eq) in THF/H 2 O (530 mL/130 mL) was added drop-wise a solution of BnSH (52.6 g, 423.5 mmol, 49.6 mL, 1.00 eq) in THF (130 mL) at 60 °C under nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 1 hour. LCMS (product Rt = 1.006 min, m/z = 294.5 ( M+1) + ) showed compound A2 was consumed and a main peak with desired MS was formed. The mixture was diluted with brine (300 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL, 2 times), and the organic phase was washed with brine (300 mL, 2 times), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give a crude product, which was triturated in a solution of ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1/2, 350 mL) to give impure compound A3 (85.0 g, crude) as green solid, which was confirmed by LC/MS (compound A3 Rt = 1.038 min, m/z = 294.1 (M+1) + ) and HNMR. Compound A3 was used without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.34 – 7.21 (m, 5H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound A4 To a mixture of compound A3 (85.0 g, 289.3 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (160 mL) and H 2 O (160 mL) was added NaOH (4 M, 144.67 mL, 2.00 eq) at 15~20 °C and the mixture was stirred at 15~20 °C for 2 hours. LCMS (compound A4 Rt = 0.898 min, m/z = 280.5 (M+1) + ) showed compound A3 was consumed and the desired MS was found. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (300.0 mL), adjusted to pH~5 with aqueous 6 M HCl. The formed solid was filtered and washed with water (20.0 mL) and dried under vacuum to give crude product, which was triturated in acetonitrile (250.0 mL) and filtered to give compound A4 (71.0 g, 252.3 mmol, 87.2% yield, 99.4% purity) as green solid and confirmed by LCMS (compound A4 Rt = 0.898 min, m/z = 280.0 (M+1) + ) and HNMR. Compound A4 was used without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.43 (m, 5H), 4.38 (s, 2H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound A5 To a mixture of compound A4 (32.0 g, 114.4 mmol, 1.00 eq) and DMF (418.04 mg, 5.72 mmol, 440.0 µL, 0.05 eq) in DCM (350 mL) was added (COCl) 2 (29.0 g, 228.8 mmol, 20.0 mL, 2.00 eq) at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 3 hours. A sample was taken and quenched with a drop of lithium (tert-butoxycarbonyl) amide (prepared THF solution with n-BuLi at -78 °C) and LCMS (compound A5 Rt = 0.996, compound A5 MS = 379.1 (M+1) + ) showed that most of compound A4 was consumed and a main peak with the desired MS was formed. The mixture was concentrated and co-evaporated with DCM (100 mL, 3 times) to give crude compound A5 (68.2 g, crude) as green gum. Compound A5 was used directly without further purification. Synthesis of Compound A6 To a mixture of tert-butyl carbamate (20.0 g, 171.0 mmol, 1.50 eq) and TMEDA (19.9 g, 171.0 mmol, 25.8 mL, 1.50 eq) in THF (100.0 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 68.4 mL, 1.50 eq) drop-wise at -70 °C, and the formed mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 1 hour. Compound A5 (34.0 g, 114.02 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved in THF (100.0 mL) and added to the previous THF solution at -70 °C. The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 2 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5/1, reactant 1 Rf = 0.1, product Rf = 0.3) showed a majority of compound A5 was consumed and a main spot was formed. The mixture was quenched with aqueous NH 4 Cl (500.0 mL) at -70 °C while stirring, extracted with ethyl acetate (500.0 mL, 3 times), and the organic phase was then washed with brine (600 mL, 2 times), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10/1~ 3/1) to give impure product (35.0 g) as a yellow solid, which was confirmed by LCMS (product Rt = 0.994 min, m/z = 379.0 (M+1) + ) and was purified by reversed C18 column chromatography (10%~75% acetonitrile in water +0.1% FA). The eluent was concentrated under vacuum to remove acetonitrile and filtered, and the solid was dried under vacuum to give compound A6 (11.5 g, 30.4 mmol, 13.3% yield, 100% purity) as a white solid, which was confirmed by LCMS (product Rt = 0.981 min, m/z = 378.9 (M+1) + ) and HNMR. Compound A6 (8.00 g, 21.12 mmol, 1.00 eq) was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5/1~0/1) to give a purer form (7.50 g, 19.80 mmol, 93.75% yield) as a white solid, which was confirmed by HNMR and TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5/1, compound A6 Rf = 0.2). 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.08 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound A7 To a mixture of compound A6 (5.00 g, 13.2 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (130.0 mL) was added drop-wise LDA (2 M, 14.5 mL, 2.20 eq) at -70 °C and the mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 1 hour. A solution of I 2 (7.37 g, 29.0 mmol, 5.85 mL, 2.20 eq) in THF (20.0 mL) was added drop-wise and the mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 30 minutes. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate = 5/1, compound A6 Rf = 0.2, compound A7 Rf = 0.25) and LCMS (product Rt = 1.036 min, m/z = 505.0 (M+1) + ) showed most of compound A6 was consumed and the desired MS was found. The mixture was quenched by aqueous NH 4 Cl (100.0 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (150.0 mL, 2 times) and the organic phase was concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. The crude product was triturated in acetonitrile (35.0 mL) to give a yellow solid confirmed by HPLC (77.1% purity), followed in ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2/1, 26.0 mL), then filtered and the solid was collected to give 1 st batch of product. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was triturated in ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2/1, 8.00 mL) to give 2 nd batch of product. The two batches were combined and dried under vacuum to give compound A7 (3.50 g, 6.64 mmol, 50.3% yield, 95.8% purity) as a light yellow solid confirmed by LCMS (compound A7 Rt = 1.031 min, m/z = 504.8 (M+1) + ) and HNMR. Compound A7 was also confirmed by 2D-NMR in a pilot reaction. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.10-6.80 (m, 5H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 1.30 (s, 9H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound A8 To a mixture of compound A7 (3.50 g, 6.93 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added TFA (6.16 g, 54.0 mmol, 4.00 mL, 7.79 eq) at 20 °C and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 h. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate = 3/1, product Rf = 0.2) showed compound A7 was consumed and one main spot was formed. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. To the crude product was added ethyl acetate (100.0 mL) and the mixture was adjusted to pH~7 with NaHCO 3 , which was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 2 times) and concentrated under vacuum to give a yellow solid. The solid was triturated with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (v/v = 1/1, 12.0 mL) to give compound A8 (2.40 g, 5.29 mmol, 76.3% yield, 89.2% purity) as a yellow solid confirmed by LCMS (product Rt = 0.866 min, m/z = 404.7 (M+1) + ) and HNMR. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 5H), 4.28 (s, 2H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound A9 To a mixture of compound A8 (2.40 g, 5.93 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (10.0 mL) was added sulfuryl chloride (880.6 mg, 6.52 mmol, 652.3 µL, 1.10 eq) at 20 °C and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 hour. LCMS (product Rt = 0.777 min, m/z = 313.3 (M+1) + ) showed compound A8 was consumed and a main peak with the desired MS was formed. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give crude product, which was triturated in ethyl acetate (20.0 mL) and dried under vacuum to give compound A9 (1.64 g, 4.75 mmol, 80.0% yield, 90.5% purity) as a light yellow solid confirmed by LCMS (product Rt = 0.682 min, m/z = 312.9 (M+1) + ), HPLC (94.3% purity) and HNMR. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.10 (s, 1H) ppm. Example D: Synthesis of Compounds D2 through D9 Synthesis of Compound D2 To a solution of compound D1 (100 g, 356.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (900 mL) and MeOH (300 mL) was added trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2 M in hexanes, 195.8 mL, 1.1 eq) drop-wise at 20 °C. The mixture was then stirred at 20 °C for 1 h. Another addition of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2 M in hexanes, 35.60 mL, 0.2 eq) was added drop-wise and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for an additional 10 h. The mixture was quenched with water (200 mL) and then adjusted to pH = 9 with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 800 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude yellow oil. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography with petroleum ether: ethyl acetate from 50:1 to 10:1 to give compound D2 (71.0 g, 240.7 mmol, 67.6% yield) as yellow oil. Synthesis of Compound D3 To a solution of compound D2 (71 g, 240.74 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (400 mL) was added m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (78.2 g, 385.2 mmol, 85% purity, 1.6 eq) in portions. The mixture was then stirred at 20 °C for 10 h. The mixture was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and brine. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give crude yellow oil. The crude product was triturated with MTBE (800 mL) to give compound D3 (65.0 g, 209.1 mmol, 86.8% yield) as white solid. Synthesis of Compound D4 Compound D3 (112.0 g, 360.2 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in phosphoryl chloride (830.9 g, 5.42 mol, 503.6 mL, 15.0 eq) and heated to 90°C and left to stir for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a residue. The residue poured into aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1000 mL) and stirred at 0 °C for 30 minutes. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 1000 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (1000 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 15/1 to 10/1, TLC: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 15/1, Rf =0.5) to give compound D4 (92.0 g, 279.3 mmol, 77.5% yield) as a colorless oil. Synthesis of Compound D5 To a mixture of compound D4 (42.0 g, 127.5 mmol, 1.0 eq), Pd2(dba)3 (5.84 g, 6.38 mmol, 0.05 eq), Xantphos (7.38 g, 12.75 mmol, 0.1 eq), DIEA (16.5 g, 127.5 mmol, 22.2 mL, 1.0 eq) in toluene (150 mL) was added benzyl mercaptan (17.4 g, 140.3 mmol, 16.4 mL, 1.1 eq) in toluene (50 mL) drop-wise at 100°C under nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at 100 °C for 5 hours. The crude mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the cake was washed with ethyl acetate and the organics were concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reversed-phase HPLC to give compound D5 (20.1 g, 53.9 mmol, 42.3% yield) as a yellow oil. Synthesis of Compound D6 To a solution of compound D5 (20.1 g, 53.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) in pyridine (400 mL) was added lithium iodide (28.9 g, 215.7 mmol, 8.27 mL, 4.0 eq). The reaction was stirred at 120 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove pyridine. The residue was diluted with aqueous HCl (1.0 M, 1000 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x1000 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1000 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude residue. The crude product was triturated with ethyl acetate (2 N) at 50 °C for 30 min to give compound D6 (10.6 g, 29.6 mmol, 54.8% yield) as an off-white solid. Synthesis of Compound D7 To a solution of compound D6 (10.6 g, 29.56 mmol, 1.0 eq) and dimethylformamide (216.0 mg, 2.96 mmol, 227.4 uL, 0.1 eq) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (7.50 g, 59.1 mmol, 5.17 mL, 2.0 eq) at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred at 15 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove dichloromethane to give compound D7 (10.2 g, 27.1 mmol, 91.5% yield) as a brown oil and was used in next step directly. Synthesis of Compound D8 Ammonia (460.67 mg, 27.05 mmol, 1 eq) was bubbled into THF (500 mL) at 10 °C for 30 minutes. Compound D7 (10.2 g, 27.1 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added to the ammonia solution at 15 °C. The reaction was stirred at 15 °C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove THF. The residue was diluted with water (500 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound D8 (8.5 g, 23.8 mmol, 87.9% yield) as a brown solid was used to next step directly. Synthesis of Compound D9 To a solution of compound D8 (8.5 g, 23.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added sulfuryl chloride (3.53 g, 26.1 mmol, 2.61 mL, 1.1 eq) was stirred at 15 °C for 1 hour. The product was collected by filtration and the cake was washed with dichloromethane (100 mL) and dried under high vacuum to give compound D9 (5.5 g, 20.7 mmol, 87.2% yield) as a yellow solid. LC/MS: m/z = 264.9 [M+H] + amu. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.15 (s, 1H). Uses for Compound D9 as Intermediate Compound D9 can be used in place of compound A9 in reactions detailed herein, particularly in those reactions that are part of the synthesis of compounds of the invention (e.g., Synthesis of Intermediate 1-5; Synthesis of Intermediate 2-1; Synthesis of Intermediate 3-2; Synthesis of Intermediate 9-2; Synthesis of Compound 57; Synthesis of Compound 64; Synthesis of Compound 7-5; Synthesis of Compound 73; Synthesis of Compound 111; Synthesis of Compound 118; and Synthesis of Compound 144). A person of ordinary skill in the art would readily understand that the same or similar reactions conditions can be used with compound D9 as those used with compound A9, and furthermore, if desired, the person of ordinary skill in the art would readily understand how to optimize said reaction conditions to better obtain the desired product of reactions using compound D9. Example B: Synthesis of Compounds B2 through B6 Synthesis of Compound B2 To a mixture of compound B1 (90.0 g, 433.8 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (900.0 mL) was added TIPSCl (100.4 g, 520.6 mmol, 111.4 mL, 1.20 eq) and imidazole (73.8 g, 1.08 mol, 2.50 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 16 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 3/1, compound B1 R f = 0.9, compound B2 R f = 0.9) showed compound B1 was consumed completely and one new spot was observed. The mixture was washed with brine (50.0 mL, 4 times), and the combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound B2 (140.3 g) as a colorless oil, which was confirmed by HNMR. Compound B2 was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 1.06 (s, 2 H) 7.48 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 1.27 - 1.33 (m, 3H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 1.12 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 18H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound B3 Compound B3 To a solution of DIPA (42.0 g, 415.6 mmol, 58.7 mL, 1.20 eq) in THF (0.5 L) was added n-BuLi (2.50 M, 152.3 mL, 1.10 eq) at -70 °C and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at -70 °C. A solution of compound B2 (126.0 g, 346.3 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (1.50 L) was added dropwise to the mixture, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours at -70 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. CH 3 I (122.9 g, 865.8 mmol, 53.9 mL, 2.50 eq) was added dropwise at -70 °C and the mixture was slowly warmed up to 25 °C for 12 hours. HPLC (compound B2 Rt = 2.620 min) showed the Rt of start material. HPLC (compound B3 Rt = 2.776 min, compound B2 Rt = 2.621 min) showed a new peak was produced. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NH 4 Cl (1 M, 1000.0 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (1000.0 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , n-hexane, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 100:1, compound B3 R f = 0.84) to give compound B3 (121.8 g, 84.4% purity, 83.8% yield) as a colorless oil confirmed by HPLC and HNMR. Synthesis of Compound B4 To a mixture of compound B3 (121.8 g, 270.8 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (500.0 mL) was added TBAF (1.00 M, 284.3 mL, 1.05 eq) at 20 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 16 hours. TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 3:1, compound B3 R f = 0.99, compound B4 Rf = 0.6) indicated compound B3 was consumed completely and a main spot was formed. To the mixture was added saturated brine (500.0 mL) and ethyl acetate (500.0 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (500.0 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to give crude compound B4. Crude compound B4 was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1~4:1; TLC, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 3:1, Rf = 0.6) to give compound B4 (130.0 g, crude) as a yellow oil confirmed by HNMR. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.55 (br d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound B5 To a solution of compound B4 (45.0 g, 203.2 mmol, 1.00 eq), 2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1-yl)ethan-1-ol (44.0 g, 304.8 mmol, 1.50 eq) and PPh3 (80.0 g, 304.8 mmol, 1.50 eq) in toluene (550.0 mL) was added DEAD (70.8 g, 406.4 mmol, 73.9 mL, 2.00 eq) at 20 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 2 hours, and then HCl/MeOH (4.00 M, 270.0 mL, 5.32 eq) was added to the mixture, and stirred at 20 °C for 2 hours. LCMS (compound B5 Rt = 0.772 min, m/z = 349.1 (M+1) + ) showed compound B4 was consumed completely and the desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered to obtained the filtrate cake, and the cake was dissolved with H 2 O/MeOH (v/v = 1/1, 800.0 mL), and the pH was adjusted to pH 10 with saturated aqueous Na 2 CO 3 . The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH, and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (500.0 mL, 3 times). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (500.0 mL), dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound B5 as a brown oil residue (43.1 g, 107.9 mmol, 53.1% yield, 87% purity), which was confirmed by HNMR and LCMS (Compound B5 Rt = 0.761min, m/z = 348.9 (M+1) + ). Compound B5 was used next step without further purification. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.34 - 7.41 (m, 1 H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 - 4.19 (m, 2 H), 2.83 - 2.89 (m, 2 H), 2.66 (br s, 4 H), 2.41 - 2.54 (m, 7 H), 2.24 - 2.31 (m, 3 H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound B6 To a mixture of compound B5 (5.00 g, 14.4 mmol, 1.00 eq) and 2-isopropoxy- 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (5.35 g, 28.8 mmol, 5.87 mL, 2.00 eq) in THF (25.0 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.50 M, 11.5 mL, 2.00 eq) at -70 °C. The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 1 hour. LCMS (compound B6 Rt = 0.974 min, m/z = 395.5 (M+1) + ) showed compound B5 was consumed completely and one main peak with the desired MS was detected. The mixture was quenched with aqueous NH 4 Cl (100.0 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (150.0 mL, 2 times), and the organic phase was dried over sodium sulfite and concentrated under vacuum to give crude compound B6. Crude compound B6 was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 1/1~ EtOH: Ethyl acetate = 1/6; TLC - EtOH:Ethyl acetate = 1/3, compound B6 Rf = 0.1) to give compound B6 (3.08 g, 6.87 mmol, 47.8% yield, 88.1% purity) as a yellow solid confirmed by LCMS (compound B6 Rt = 0.896 min, m/z = 395.3 (M+1) + ), HPLC (compound B6 Rt = 2.044 min) and HNMR. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (br s, 4H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.48 (br s, 4H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 12H) ppm. Example C: Synthesis of Compounds C2, C3 & C4, & Separation of C4-A & C4-B Synthesis of Compound C2 To a mixture of compound C1 (200.0 g, 0.94 mol, 1.00 eq) and ethyl chloroacetate (144.3 g, 1.18 mol, 125.5 mL, 1.25 eq) in THF (1000 mL) was added NaHMDS (1 M, 1.18 L, 1.25 eq) drop wise at -70 o C under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at -70 o C for 1 hour, then at 25 o C for 16 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5/1, Rf = 0.75) showed the reaction was complete. To the reaction mixture was added saturated NH 4 Cl (2000 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (400 mL, then 200 mL) to get the organic phase. The organic phase was washed with brine (200 mL) and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product mixture was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 5/1) to give compound C2 (395.0 g, 1.32 mol, 70.3% yield) as a yellow oil. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.45-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.31 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.22 (m, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 4.53 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.29 (m, 2H), 3.49 (s, 1H), 1.36-1.32 (m, 3H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound C3 To a solution of HOAc (65 mL) and EtOAc (1365 mL) was added compound C2 (195.0 g, 654.0 mmol, 1.00 eq), then the Pd(OH) 2 /C (19.0 g, 10% purity, 1.00 eq). The reaction was stirred at 25 °C under 50 Psi of H 2 for 3 hours. TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethy acetate = 3/1, Rf = 0.3) showed the reaction was completed. The two reaction was filtered, combined and concentrated to get the crude product. The crude product mixture was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 20/1 to 7/1) to give crude compound C3 (207.0 g, 985.0 mmol, 75.3% yield) as a yellow oil. Synthesis of Compound C4 To a solution of compound C3 (150.0 g, 713.5 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DMF (1050 mL) were added K 2 CO 3 (197.2 g, 1.43 mol, 2.00 eq) and PMBCl (100.5 g, 642.0 mmol, 87.4 mL, 0.90 eq) at 25 °C. TLC (Petroleum ether/Ethy acetate = 2/1, R f = 0.4) showed the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was quenched in ice water (1000 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate (1000 mL, then 750 mL). Combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with brine (500 mL) solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reversed-phase HPLC (Phenomenex Synergi C18100 x 21.2 mm x 4 µm; mobile phase: [water-ACN]; B%: 35%-57% 35 min; 57%-57%, 35 min) to give compound C4 (119.0 g, 340.0 mmol, 47.6% yield, 94.4% purity) as a yellow oil. Separation of Compound C4-A and C4-B Compound C4 was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250 mm x 50 mm, 10 µm); mobile phase: [Neu-ETOH]; B%: 17%-17%, 4.5 min). Both compound C4-A (27.5 g) and compound C4-B (26.4 g) gave a light yellow solid when dried. Assignment of the absolute configuration of the chiral center for compounds C4-A and C4-B was performed using vibrational circular dichroism as described in the methods section below. For Compound C4-A: 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 7.37 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 5.43 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 4.23 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.75 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.03 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 3H) ppm. SFC: ee value of 97.1% HPLC: Rt = 3.365 min, purity of 100.0% LCMS: Rt = 2.602 min, m/z = 348.2 (M+18) + For Compound C4-B: 1 HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 7.37 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 5.43 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 4.23 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.76 (m, 1H), 1.03 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 3H) ppm. SFC: ee value of 98.5% HPLC: product Rt = 3.352 min, purity of 98.0% LCMS: product Rt = 2.590 min, m/z = 348.2 (M+18) + Example D: Synthesis of Compounds D2, D3, D5, D6, D7 & D8 Synthesis of Compound D2 To a mixture of compound D1 (100.0 g, 482.0 mmol, 1.00 eq) and K 2 CO 3 (79.9 g, 578.45 mmol, 1.20 eq) in ACN (500 mL) was added SEMCl (141.3 g, 847.5 mmol, 150.0 mL, 1.76 eq) at 0°C, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 14 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate =10/1, compound D1 Rf = 0.03, compound D2 Rf = 0.6) showed most of compound D1 was consumed and a main spot was formed. The mixture was filtered and washed with ACN (100.0 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 1/0~ 20/1; TLC, Petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10/1, compound D2 R f = 0.6) to give compound D2 (104.0 g, 307.9 mmol, 63.9% yield) as a light-yellow oil. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.51 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.29 - 5.26 (m, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 3.85 - 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.70 (m, 1H), 1.07 - 0.84 (m, 2H), 0.01 (s, 9H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound D3 To a solution of DIPA (15.7 g, 155.7 mmol, 22.0 mL, 1.50 eq) in THF (140.0 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 45.6 mL, 1.10 eq) at -70°C. The mixture was stirred at -70°C for 30 minutes. To the mixture was added a solution of compound D2 (35.0 g, 103.6 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (350.0 mL) at -70°C. The mixture was stirred at -70°C for 4 hours. To the mixture was added MeI (17.6 g, 124.3 mmol, 7.74 mL, 1.20 eq) at -70°C, and stirred at 25°C for 12 hours. HPLC (compound D3, Rt = 2.985 min) showed compound D2 was consumed completely and one main peak with new compound was detected. HPLC showed the peak of material. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated NH 4 Cl (400.0 mL) at 0°C for 30 minutes, and then extracted with EtOAc (400.0 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Compound D3 (35.0 g, 92.6 mmol, 89.4% yield, 93.1% purity) was obtained as a yellow oil. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.39 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.31 - 5.25 (m, 2H), 3.82 - 3.77 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 0.99 - 0.92 (m, 2H), 0.02 - 0.00 (m, 9H) ppm.

Synthesis of Compound D5 To a mixture of compound D3 (35.0 g, 92.6 mmol, 1.00 eq) annd compound D4 (35.00 g, 188.1 mmol, 38.4 mL, 2.03 eq) in THF (175.0 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 77.0 mL, 2.08 eq) at -60°C. The mixture was stirred at -60°C for 1 hour. HPLC showed compound D3 was consumed completely and one main peak with new compound was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated NH 4 Cl solution (300.0 mL) at 0°C for 20 minutes, stirred at 20°C for 30 minutes, and extracted with ethyl acetate (200.0 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (300.0 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 500/1 to 50/1, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1, R f = 0.6) to give compound D5 (15.34 g, 37.0 mmol, 39.9% yield, 96.2% purity) as a yellow oil. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.86 - 3.74 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 12H), 0.98 - 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.01 (s, 9H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound D6 A vial containing 4-bromo-2,6-dichloro-phenol (300 mg, 1.24 mmol) was dissolved in dry acetonitrile (3.1 mL, 0.4M). To this stirring reaction at room temperature was added 2-ethoxymethyl chloride (0.22mL, 1.24 mmol). The reaction was left to stir at ambient temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography. The reaction was quenched with sat. aq. ammonium chloride (5 mL) and transferred to a separatory funnel with ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified via flash chromatography. The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield compound D6 ((2-((4-bromo-2,6-dichlorophenoxy)methoxy)ethyl)trimethylsil ane) as a white solid (0.38g, 83% yield). Synthesis of Compound D7 A 20mL vial was charged with 4-bromo-2,6-dichloro-phenol (100 mg, 0.410 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboran (210 mg, 0.830 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (15.1 mg, 0.02 mmol), and KOAc (101 mg, 1.03 mmol) was evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen (x3) then amended with 2-MeTHF (1.66 mL, 0.25M). The mixture was vigorously sparged with nitrogen for 10 minutes and the vial septum was sealed with molten parafilm and the mixture heated to 85 °C for 4 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.68 (s, 2H), 1.33 (s, 12H). The reaction was stopped and concentrated onto silica gel and purified via flash chromatography. The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield compound D7 (2,6-dichloro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl )phenol) as an off-white solid (200 mg,>99% yield). Synthesis of Compound D8 To a flask containing 2,6-dichloro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenol (200 mg, 0.690 mmol) was added triphenylphosphine (309 mg, 0.830 mmol) and 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethanol (120 mg, 0.830 mmol). The solids were dissolved in THF (6.92 mL, 0.1M). To this stirring solution at room temperature was added di-tert- butyl azodicarboxylate (218 mg, 0.830 mmol). The reaction was left to stir at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was monitored via HPLC. The reaction was stopped and concentrated onto silica gel and purified via flash chromatography. The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield 1-(2-(2,6- dichloro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phen oxy)ethyl)-4- methylpiperazine as a clear oil (120 mg, 52% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.66 (s, 2H), 4.12 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.77 – 2.43 (m, 8H), 2.33 (s, 3H) 1.29 (s, 12H). No observable mass. Example 1: Synthesis of Intermediate 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, Compound 1-6, Compounds 1 through 30, and Compounds 52 and 91 Synthesis of Compound 1-6 Synthesis of Intermediate 1-1 A solution of compound C4-A (2.0 g, 6.05 mmol) and imidazole (1.24 g, 18.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was cooled to 0 °C. To this cooled solution was added tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (1.4 g, 9.08 mmol) in one portion. The reaction was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours at which time TLC analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction was stopped and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (20 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (20 mL, 2 times). The combined organic extracts were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-30% ethyl acetate/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 1-1 as a clear oil (2.8 g, >99% yield). 1 HNMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.42 – 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.24 – 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.95 – 6.88 (m, 3H), 6.87 (td, J = 7.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.49 (dd, J = 9.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.23 (dd, J = 13.0, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J = 13.0, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.75 (s, 9H), -0.17 (s, 3H), -0.28 (s, 3H). Synthesis of Intermediate 1-2 A round-bottomed flask was charged with intermediate 1-1 (1.0 g, 2.25 mmol), and dichloromethane (200 mL) and deionized water (23 mL) were added to yield a clear solution. The reaction was stirred and 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (2.0 g, 8.78 mmol) was added in one portion and left to stir under nitrogen at ambient temperature for 12 hours, at which time TLC analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction was stopped and poured into a separatory funnel containing saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL, 2 times). The combined organics were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-30% ethyl acetate/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 1-2 as a white solid (0.569 g, 78% yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.14 (td, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (td, J = 7.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (dd, J = 6.7, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.16 – 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.15 – 3.04 (m, 2H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 3H), 0.01 (s, 3H). Synthesis of Intermediate 1-3 To a cooled suspension of intermediate 1-2 (2.0 g, 6.16 mmol), (1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanol (2.0 g, 11.1 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (3.2 g, 12.32 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (2.8 g, 12.32 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (12 mL) dropwise via cannula. The reaction was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours, at which time LC/MS analysis showed conversion to the desired product. The reaction was concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed with refractive index detection (0-10% methanol/dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 1-3 as a clear oil (1.69, 56% yield). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.58 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.00 – 6.89 (m, 2H), 6.42 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.90 (q, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J = 9.1, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (dd, J = 13.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J = 13.2, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.74 (s, 9H), -0.18 (s, 3H), -0.29 (s, 3H). Synthesis of Intermediate 1-4 A round-bottomed flask was charged with intermediate 1-3 (1.69 g, 3.47 mmol), and dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (29 mL) to yield a clear solution. The reaction was stirred under nitrogen and tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (4.2 mL, 1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added dropwise to the stirring solution and left to stir at ambient temperature for 1 hour, at which time TLC analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction was stopped and poured into a separatory funnel containing saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL, 2 times). The combined organics were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-30% acetone/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 1-4 as a white solid (0.929 g, 72% yield). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.58 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 – 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.04 – 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.41 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 4.90 (q, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.45 – 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.28 – 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.17 (dd, J = 13.8, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (dd, J = 13.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.22 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Intermediate 1-5 To a cooled suspension of compound A9 (700 mg, 2.24 mmol), intermediate 1-4 (876 mg, 2.4 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (881 mg, 3.36 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (774 mg, 3.36 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (7 mL) dropwise via cannula. The reaction was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours, at which time LC/MS analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction was concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed with refractive index detection (0-40% ethyl acetate/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 1-5 as an off-white solid (650 mg, 44% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.77 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 – 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.00 – 6.93 (m, 2H), 6.40 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (dd, J = 8.7, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.18 – 5.07 (m, 2H), 4.97 – 4.81 (m, 2H), 4.14 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (dd, J = 14.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.32 (dd, J = 14.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.14 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound 1-6 A flask containing intermediate 1-5 (350 mg, 0.526 mmol) was charged with compound B6 (250 mg, 0.633 mmol), bis(di-tert-butyl(4- dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (19 mg, 0.027 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (335 mg, 1.58 mmol). The solids were dissolved in degassed 1,4-dioxane (1.75 mL) and deionized water (0.88 mL). The reaction was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hours, allowed to cool and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (3 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (5 mL, 2 times). The combined organic extracts were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-20% methanol/dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield compound 1-6 as a yellow solid and a mixture of diastereomers (274 mg, 65% yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.06 (s, 0.2H), 9.05 (s, 0.8H), 7.58 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 0.8H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 0.2H), 7.25 – 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.07 – 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.92 – 6.85 (m, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7, 1H), 5.35 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.7 Hz, 0.8H), 5.30 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.1 Hz, 0.2H), 5.24 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 5.03 (q, J = 8.6, 2H), 4.37 – 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.26 (td, J = 5.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.19 – 4.08 (m, 2H), 4.11 – 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.09 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.7, 1H), 2.96 – 2.87 (m, 2H), 2.57 (s, 0.5H), 2.29 (s, 0.5H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 0.5H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 0.5H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2.4H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 0.6H).

Synthesis of Compounds 1 and 2 A vial was charged with compound 1-6 (80.7 mg, 0.0999 mmol), the boronate (68 µL, 0.300 mmol), X-Phos-Pd-G 3 (8.5 mg, 0.0099 mmol) and potassium phosphate (63.4 mg, 0.300 mmol). Under argon atmosphere, a solution of dioxane and water (2:1; 0.4 M) was degassed with bubbling argon. The solvent was transferred into the reaction flask, which was sealed and heated to 111 ºC for a period of 15 hours. After cooling, the reaction was stirred with QuadraPure TU (Sigma-Aldrich, 200 mg) for 30 minutes. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane/methanol and filtered through a pad of celite. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting solid was used directly in the saponification step. The crude product obtained above was dissolved in a mixture of dioxane and water (2:1, 2 mL). An aqueous solution of lithium hydroxide was injected under nitrogen (1 mL, 1N) and the reaction was stirred for four hours at ambient temperature. After neutralizing with acetic acid, the mixture was filtered and purified by reversed phase HPLC (20 mm C18 Column, 25mL/min, 25-60% acetonitrile/water + 0.25% TFA, over 20 minutes). Two fractions were collected, frozen and concentrated to dryness on a lyophilizer. The resulting oily solids were converted to their HCl salts via lyophilzation of a dilute solution of aqueous hydrochloric acid. The corresponding atrope isomer fractions 1 (Compound 1, 4.01 mg) and 2 (Compound 2, 7.38 mg) were analyzed and shown to be the anticipated products by LC/MS and proton NMR. For Compound 1: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.37 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.10 – 7.02 (m, 2H), 6.81 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 7.2, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.34 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 – 5.05 (m, 5H), 3.50 – 3.20 (broad, m, 8H), 3.15 – 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.29 – 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.93 – 1.88 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 845.3 [M+H] + amu. For Compound 2: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.37 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 – 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.88 – 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.60 – 6.38 (m, 3H), 5.97 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.32 – 5.01 (m, 5H), 3.50 – 3.25 (broad, m, 8H), 3.06 (dd, J = 13.9, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 2.35 – 2.16 (m, 2H), 1.96 – 1.86 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 845.3 [M+H] + amu.

Synthesis of Compounds 3 and 4 Two peaks of recovered compound 1-6 saponified to the corresponding acids were also isolated during the synthesis of compounds 1 and 2, and were analyzed and shown to be the anticipated products by LC/MS and proton NMR. For Compound 3: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.28 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.08 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.28 – 5.08 (m, 5H), 3.50 – 3.30 (broad, m, 8H), 3.20 – 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.76 (s, 4H), 2.30 – 2.21 (m, 2H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.94 – 1.88 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 797.3 [M+H] + amu. For Compound 4: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.28 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.16 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.88 – 6.73 (m, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.31 – 5.09 (m, 5H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.35 – 3.25 (broad, m, 8H), 3.12 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.36 – 2.20 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 797.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compounds 5 and 6 A vial was charged with compound 1-6 (75.8 mg, 0.0938 mmol), the boronate (26.3 mg, 0.188 mmol), X-Phos-Pd-G3 (7.9 mg, 0.0094 mmol) and potassium phosphate (60.0 mg, 0.282 mmol). Under argon atmosphere, a solution of dioxane and water (2:1; 0.4 M) was degassed with bubbling argon. The solvent was transferred into the reaction flask, which was sealed and heated to 111 ºC for 15 hours. After cooling, the reaction was stirred with QuadraPure TU (Sigma-Aldrich, 200 mg) for 30 minutes. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane/methanol and filtered through a pad of celite. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting solid was used directly in the saponification step. The crude product obtained above was dissolved in a mixture of dioxane and water (2:1, 4 mL). An aqueous solution of lithium hydroxide was injected under nitrogen atmosphere (2 mL, 1 N) and the reaction was stirred for four hours at ambient temperature. After neutralizing with acetic acid, the mixture was filtered and purified by reversed phase HPLC (20 mm C18 Column, 25mL/min, 25-50% acetonitrile/water + 0.25% TFA, over 20 minutes). Two fractions were collected, frozen and concentrated to dryness on a lyophilizer. The resulting oily solids were converted to their HCl salts via lyophilzation of a dilute solution of aqueous hydrochloric acid. The corresponding atrope isomer fractions 1 (Compound 5, 2.1 mg) and 2 (Compound 6, 11.1 mg) were analyzed and shown to be the anticipated products by LC/MS and proton NMR. Compound 5: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.02 – 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.65 – 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.35 – 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.17 – 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.00 – 7.93 (m, 2H), 6.65 – 6.53 (m, 1H), 6.35 – 6.30 (s, 1H), 5.38 – 5.30 (m, 1H), 5.10 – 4.90 (m, 4H), 4.20 – 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.70 – 3.40 (m, 10H), 3.27 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 839.2 [M+H] + amu. Compound 6: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.49 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 – 7.23 (m, 3H), 7.22 – 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.11 – 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.79 – 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.29 – 6.15 (m, 1H), 5.30 – 5.04 (m, 5H), 3.50 – 3.40 (broad, m, 8H), 3.08 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (s, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 839.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 7 A microwave vial containing Compound 1-6 (20 mg, 0.025 mmol) was charged with X-Phos-Pd-G 3 (4 mg, 0.005 mmol), 1-naphthylboronic acid (17 mg, 0.099 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (18 mg, 0.085 mmol). The vial was capped and after 3 cycles of nitrogen/vacuum, the solids were dissolved in degassed dioxane (0.333 mL, 0.08M) and water (0.167 mL, 0.15M). The reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 12 hours, and allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water (1.0 mL) and transferred to a separatory funnel with dichloromethane (2 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 mL, 3 times). The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. To this crude reaction mixture was then added dioxane (0.600 mL, 0.04M) and lithium hydroxide in water (2M solution, 0.600 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction was quenched with 2N hydrochloric acid (0.300 mL), diluted with water, and transferred to a separatory funnel with chloroform/isopropyl alcohol (5:1) mixture. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform/isopropyl alcohol (5:1) (10 mL, 3 times). The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude reaction was purified via reverse phase chromatography (0.25% TFA/water in 20 – 70% acetonitrile). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 7 as an off-white amorphous solid (6.7 mg, 31% yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.36 (s, 1H), 7.89 – 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.50 – 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.38 – 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.12 – 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.99 – 6.70 (m, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 2.5, 1H), 5.51 – 5.37 (m, 1H), 5.30 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 5.05 (qd, J = 8.6, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 3.27 – 2.90 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.56 – 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.19 – 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.82 – 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 1H) (27 of 42 protons observed) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 871.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 8 Compound 8 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 8 was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS: m/z = 877.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 9 Compound 9 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 9 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.35 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 8.25 – 8.18 (m, 1H), 8.16 – 8.11 (m, 1H), 8.08 (dt, J = 7.8, 1.0 Hz, 3H), 7.90 – 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 13.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.42 – 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.32 – 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.19 (ddd, J = 8.0, 7.1, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.14 – 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.01 – 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.79 – 6.67 (m, 2H), 6.56 (dd, J = 27.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.49 – 6.41 (m, 2H), 5.42 – 5.31 (m, 1H), 5.30 – 5.22 (m, 2H), 5.17 – 5.05 (m, 2H), 3.80 – 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.07 – 2.74 (m, 8H), 2.63 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 3H), 2.24 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 927.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 10 Compound 10 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 10 was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 11 Compound 11 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 11 was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS: m/z = 834.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 12 Compound 12 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heterocyclyl boronate ester or acid. Compound 12 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.39 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.37 (m, 1H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 5.13 (m, 2H), 3.33 – 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.91 – 2.84 (m, 7H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.1 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 876.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 13 Compound 13 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding cycloalkyl boronate ester or acid. Compound 13 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.08 (dd, J = 18.9, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 2H), 5.15 – 5.04 (m, 3H), 4.39 – 4.28 (m, 2H), 3.32 – 3.07 (m, 5H), 2.96 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.45 (dd, J = 13.9, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.14 – 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.85 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 861.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 14 Compound 14 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 14 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.39 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96 – 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.85 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.33 – 5.20 (m, 2H), 5.10 (qd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.37 (p, J = 1.6 Hz,5H), 3.22 (t, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 2.49 (dd, J = 13.9, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 879.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 15 Compound 15 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 15 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 7.57 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25 – 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J = 22.6, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.95 – 6.85 (m, 1H), 6.75 (dd, J = 13.6, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.43 – 5.31 (m, 1H), 5.22 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 3H), 5.08 – 5.01 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 2H), 3.20 – 3.01 (m, 8H), 2.99 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 16 Compound 16 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heterocyclyl boronate ester or acid. Compound 16 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J = 21.8, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.21 – 7.12 (m, 1H), 7.11 – 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.86 – 6.68 (m, 3H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.11 – 5.00 (m, 2H), 4.24 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.26 – 2.94 (m, 8H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 1.70 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 928.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 17 Compound 17 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heterocyclyl boronate ester or acid. Compound 17 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.39 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (ddd, J = 9.2, 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 8.3, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11 – 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 – 6.89 (m, 1H), 6.85 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 5.10 (qd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.35 – 3.13 (m, 8H), 2.90 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 18 Compound 18 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heterocyclyl boronate ester or acid. Compound 18 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J = 23.5, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88 – 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.77 – 6.69 (m, 1H), 6.62 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.24 (m, 2H), 5.16 – 5.06 (m, 2H), 3.31 – 3.21 (m, 8H), 3.08 (s, 2H), 3.05 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.72 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 860.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 19 Compound 19 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 19 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 7.89 – 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 6.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 – 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.20 – 7.12 (m, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 6.78 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.40 – 6.31 (m, 1H), 5.41 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.11 – 5.01 (m, 2H), 4.28 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.28 – 2.94 (m, 8H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 877.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 20 Compound 20 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 20 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.46 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 3.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 12.1, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.30 – 7.11 (m, 3H), 7.10 – 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.91 – 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.12 – 5.00 (m, 2H), 4.51 – 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 8H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 1.72 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 21 Compound 21 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 21 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (10.0 mg, 31% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 – 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 7.07 – 7.01 (m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 – 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.30 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 5.05 (qd, J = 8.7, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.29 – 3.17 (m, 5H), 3.17 – 2.93 (m, 7H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.48 – 2.36 (m, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H) ppm (40 of 40 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 861.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 22 Compound 22 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 22 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (6.7 mg, 20% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 7.65 – 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.60 – 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.52 – 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.22 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.07 – 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.87 – 6.70 (m, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 5.41 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.29 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 5.10 – 5.00 (m, 2H), 4.39 – 4.27 (m, 2H), 3.30 – 3.15 (m, 6H), 3.15 – 2.86 (m, 5H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.45 – 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H) ppm (39 of 39 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 889.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 23 Compound 23 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 23 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.10 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 – 7.23 (m, 4H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.33 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 5.09 (td, J = 8.7, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.47 – 3.38 (m, 4H), 3.34 – 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.44 – 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H) ppm. LCMS: m/z = 851.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 24 Compound 24 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 24 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (12.4 mg, 38% yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60 – 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.07 – 7.00 (m, 1H), 7.00 – 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.79 (td, J = 7.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.29 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 5.05 (qd, J = 8.6, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 4.31 – 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.31 – 3.19 (m, 4H), 3.20 – 2.99 (m, 6H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.41 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H) ppm (38 of 40 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 877.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 25 Compound 25 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding cycloalkyl boronate ester or acid. Compound 25 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (6.2 mg, 19% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.41 – 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.14 – 6.68 (m, 6H), 6.68 – 6.35 (m, 2H), 5.55 – 5.33 (m, 1H), 5.33 – 5.15 (m, 2H), 5.04 (qd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.43 – 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.30 – 2.93 (m, 11H), 2.93 – 2.68 (m, 5H), 2.66 (s, 1H), 2.60 – 2.11 (m, 1H), 2.09 – 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.85 – 1.64 (m, 3H) ppm (40 of 46 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 875.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 26 Compound 26 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 26 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (10.5 mg, 34% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 – 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.21 – 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.14 – 7.07 (m, 2H), 7.07 – 6.90 (m, 3H), 6.80 (td, J = 7.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.26 – 5.20 (m, 2H), 5.05 (qd, J = 8.7, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 4.44 – 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.28 – 3.07 (m, 7H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.45 – 2.35 (m, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H) ppm (34 of 39 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 839.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 27 Compound 27 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 27 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Acetonitrile-d 3 ): δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 4.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 – 7.03 (m, 4H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 5.16 – 4.93 (m, 4H), 4.29 – 4.14 (m, 2H), 3.73 – 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.68 – 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.61 – 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.53 – 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.23 – 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, broad, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 827.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 28 Compound 28 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 7 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid. Compound 28 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.19 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 – 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.55 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.04 (q, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (dt, J = 7.6, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.23 – 2.98 (m, 10H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.33 (dd, J = 13.8, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 825.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 29 A microwave vial containing Compound 1-6 (30 mg, 0.037 mmol) was charged with X-Phos-Pd-G 3 (3 mg, 0.004 mmol). The vial was capped and after three nitrogen/vacuum cycles, the solids were dissolved in degassed THF (0.124 mL, 0.3 M). To this stirring solution was then added cyclobutylzinc bromide (0.5M in THF, 0.297 mL, 0.149 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hours, and allowed to cool to room temperature. To this crude reaction mixture was then added dioxane (0.600 mL, 0.04M) and lithium hydroxide in water (2M solution, 0.600 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid (0.100 mL), diluted with DMSO and purified via reverse phase chromatography (0.25% TFA/water in 20 – 70% acetonitrile). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 29 as an off-white amorphous solid (10.9 mg, 56% yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (td, J = 5.8, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 – 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.07 – 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.88 (td, J = 6.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H) 6.51 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.28 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 5.04 (qd, J = 8.8, 2.9 Hz, 2H), 4.43 – 4.33 (m, 2H), 3.56 – 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.23 – 3.08 (m, 6H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.51 (quintet, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 2.42 – 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.12 – 2.03 (m, 1H), 2.01 – 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.87 – 1.79 (m, 1H) ppm (36 of 42 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 799.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 30 Compound 30 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 29 and using cyclopropylzinc bromide. Compound 30 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (9.0 mg, 47% yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.01 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.23 – 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.16 – 7.11 (m, 1H), 7.07 – 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.89 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.26 – 5.23 (m, 2H), 5.10 – 4.99 (m, 3H), 4.36 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.27 – 2.90 (m, 10H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.33 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.78 – 1.61 (m, 1H), 1.37 – 1.25 (m, 1H), 1.14 – 0.97 (m, 2H), 0.97 – 0.76 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 785.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 52 Compound 52 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 29 and using 2-pyridylzinc bromide. Compound 52 was obtained as brownish solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.85 – 8.73 (m, 1H), 8.22 – 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.83 – 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.44 – 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.26 – 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.11 – 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.83 (td, J = 7.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), **5.46 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 5.20 – 5.12 (m, 1H), 5.12 – 4.99 (m, 2H), 5.11 – 4.99 (m, 2H), 4.37 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.93 – 3.84 (m, 1H), 2.84 (s, 4H), 2.66 (s, 5H), 2.63 (s, 1H), 2.18 (s, 2H), 1.82 (s, 3H) ppm (39 of 39 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 822.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 91 A vial was charged with Compound 1-6 (30 mg, 0.037 mmol), 2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.3]heptane hydrochloric acid (11 mg, 0.111 mmol), XantPhos-Pd-G3 (3.9 mg, 0.005 mmol), and cesium carbonate (12 mg, 0.037 mmol). Under nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of dioxane and water (2:1; 0.4 M) was degassed with bubbling nitrogen. The solvent was transferred into the reaction flask, which was sealed and heated to 90 °C for a period of 12 hours. After cooling, the reaction was diluted with deionized water and transferred to a separatory funnel with dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting oil was used directly in the saponification step. The crude product above was dissolved in a mixture of dioxane, 2N LiOH, and methanol (4:1:1, 2 mL) and left to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. After neutralizing with acetic acid, the mixture was filtered and purified by reverse phase HPLC (20 mm C18 Column, 25 mL/min, 25–60% acetonitrile.water + 0.25% TFA, over 22 minutes). The fractions containing the desired product were pooled and concentrated to dryness on a lyophilizer resulting in Compound 91 as a white solid (4.6 mg product, 15% yield) that was analyzed and shown to be the anticipated product by LC/MS and proton NMR. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 8.72 (s, 1H), 7.58 – 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.40 – 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.19 (ddd, J = 8.2, 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.13 – 7.00 (m, 2H), 6.84 (td, J = 7.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.58 – 6.52 (m, 1H), 6.40 – 6.31 (m, 1H), 5.32 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.28 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 5.09 – 4.98 (m, 2H), 4.66 (s, 3H), 4.42 – 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.83 – 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.64 – 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.48 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.27 – 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.20 – 3.10 (m, 2H), 3.10 – 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.86 – 2.79 (m, 3H), 2.41 – 2.30 (m, 1H), 2.06 – 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 2H) ppm (35 of 43 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 842.3 [M+H] + amu. Example 2: Synthesis of Compound 31 Synthesis of Intermediate 2-1 To a cooled suspension of compound A9 (108 mg, 0.344 mmol), compound C-4A (147 mg, 0.45 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (135 mg, 0.52 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (119 mg, 0.52 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.5 mL) dropwise via cannula. The reaction was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours, at which time LC/MS analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction was concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed with refractive index detection (0-40% ethyl acetate/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 2-1 as a yellow oil (259 mg, quantitative yield, some impurities present). Synthesis of Intermediate 2-2 A flask containing intermediate 2-1 (257 mg, 0.344 mmol) was charged with compound B6 (250 mg, 0.633 mmol), bis(di-tert-butyl(4- dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (12.2 mg, 0.017 mmol), and cesium carbonate (336 mg, 1.03 mmol). The solids were dissolved in degassed 1,4-dioxane (1.6 mL) and deionized water (0.75 mL). The reaction was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hours, allowed to cool and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (10 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (10 mL, 3 times). The combined organic extracts were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-20% methanol/dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield intermediate 2-2 as a mixture of diastereomers (175 mg, 56% yield). Synthesis of Compound 31 To a solution of n-BuLi (1 mL, 2.4 mmol) cooled to -78 ºC was added THF (1 mL), followed by 4-fluoro-bromobenzene (0.27 mL, 2.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and a solution of zinc chloride in THF was injected (4.8 mL, 0.5 M, 2.4 mmol). The resulting Negishi reagent was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. A second reaction vessal was charged with Intermediate 2-2 (45 mg, 0.059 mmol) and X- Phos-Pd-G3 (4.9 mg, 0.0058 mmol). After three argon/vacuum cycles, the Negishi reagent was injected (0.34 M, 3 equivalents) and the reaction was warmed to 60 ºC for 24 hours. The reaction was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride and diluted with ethyl aceate. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude material was dissolved in dioxane (2 mL) and treated with aqueous lithium hydroxide (1 M, 200 µL). After 20 hours the reaction was acidified with acetic acid (20 µL), filtered and purified by reversed phase HPLC (30-70% acetonitrile/water + 0.25% TFA). The active fractions were pooled, frozen and concentrated to dryness on the lyophilzer (2.8 mg). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.13 – 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.94 – 6.75 (m, 7H), 6.70 (td, J = 7.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (dd, J = 7.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.40 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.53 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.34 – 3.15 (m, 3H), 3.05 (dd, J = 13.9, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 797.2 [M+H] + amu. Example 3: Synthesis of Compounds 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, Compounds 32 through 39, Compounds 53 through 54, Compounds 75 through 80, Compounds 82 through 90, Compound 103, 139 and 148 Synthesis of Compound 3-2 To a solution of Compound 3-1 (1.25 g, 3.07 mmol), PPh 3 (1.10 g, 2.88 mmol), Et 3 N (1.28 mL, 9.18 mmol), and Compound A9 (0.60 g, 1.92 mmol) in THF (19.2 mL) was added DBAD in a single portion (0.755 g, 2.88 mmol). The mixture was then stirred for 12 hours. The resulting solution was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified via chromatography. The product (Compound 3-2; 1.3 g, 1.85 mmol, 96% yield) was isolated as a yellow oil. LC/MS: m/z = 675.0 [M+H] + amu. Alternative Synthesis of Compound 3-2 To a solution of Compound 3-1 (4.0 g, 9.79 mmol), PPh 3 (3.34 g, 12.73 mmol), Et 3 N (4.1 mL.29.38 mmol), and Compound A9 (3.67 g, 11.75 mmol) in THF (48.966 mL) was added DBAD (2.93 g, 12.73 mmol) as a solution in THF (10 mL) dropwise. The mixture was then stirred for 12 hours. The resulting solution was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified via chromatography. The product (Compound 3-2; 3.5 g, 4.979 mmol, 50.84% yield) was isolated as a yellow oil. LC/MS: m/z = 675.0 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 3-3 A round bottom flask containing Compound 3-2 (3.5 g, 4.98 mmol), Pd(amphos)Cl 2 (176.28 mg, 0.2500 mmol), Compound B6 (2.36 g, 5.97 mmol), and K 3 PO 4 (3.17 g, 14.94 mmol) was evacuated and back filled with nitrogen three times, and then freshly degassed dioxane (16 mL) and water (8 mL) were added. The mixture was then heated to 80 ºC for 12 hours. The solution was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, partitioned with saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic washings were dried over MgSO 4 , concentrated, and purified via flash chromatography (0-25% DCM/MeOH). Compound 3-3 (3.78 g, 4.4796 mmol, 89.97 % yield) was isolated as a light-yellow solid. LC/MS: m/z = 815.1 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 32 Compound 32 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 32 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J = 18.6, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 – 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 – 7.08 (m, 4H), 7.00 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96 – 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.43 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (td, J = 10.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.44 – 4.32 (m, 2H), 4.30 – 4.12 (m, 2H), 3.92 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H), 3.17 (s, 8H), 2.85 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H), 1.80 (s, 2H), 1.35 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 902.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 33 Compound 33 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 33 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.34 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.08 – 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.59 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 – 7.08 (m, 4H), 7.03 – 6.75 (m, 4H), 6.42 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.67 – 5.49 (m, 1H), 5.38 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.97 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 3H), 3.88 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 3H), 3.43 (d, J = 21.4 Hz, 8H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.58 – 2.43 (m, 1H), 1.80 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 888.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 34 Compound 34 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 34 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (4.2 mg, 17% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 – 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.06 (m, 6H), 7.02 – 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.93 – 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.83 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.38 – 5.24 (m, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 4.42 – 4.28 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 6H), 3.44 (dd, J = 13.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.29 – 3.17 (m, 4H), 3.17 – 2.94 (m, 5H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.66 (s, 2H), 2.50 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.73 (s, 3H) ppm (51 of 51 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 967.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 35 Compound 35 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 35 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid (56 mg, 54% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 – 7.45 (ddd, J = 8.9, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.20 – 7.04 (m, 5H), 7.04 – 6.92 (m, 3H), 6.81 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.33 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 4.38 – 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.50 – 3.37 (m, 1H), 2.99 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.52 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 1.73 (s, 3H) ppm (35 of 44 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 875.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 36 Compound 36 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, cyclobutylzinc bromide, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 36 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 – 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09 – 6.95 (m, 5H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 – 6.70 (m, 1H), 6.46 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.22 – 5.10 (m, 2H), 4.19 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.44 – 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.83 – 2.70 (m, 10H), 2.50 – 2.35 (m, 5H), 2.26 (q, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.71 (s, 5H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 835.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 103 Compound 103 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, cyclobutylzinc bromide, and performing the first step, but not the second step, used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 103 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Acetonitrile-d 3 ): δ 9.57 – 9.42 (m, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.43 – 8.28 (m, 1H), 7.99 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (ddq, J = 8.6, 7.3, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36 – 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.28 – 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.17 – 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.00 – 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.71 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (dd, J = 9.0, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (qd, J = 7.1, 1.3 Hz, 2H), 3.94 – 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.71 – 3.44 (m, 5H), 3.23 (dd, J = 14.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.74 – 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.22 – 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.97 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 4H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 862.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 37 Compound 37 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 37 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 – 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.06 (m, 3H), 7.03 – 6.88 (m, 4H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40 – 5.24 (m, 2H), 4.38 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.23 (q, J = 6.3, 5.0 Hz, 8H), 2.86 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 3H), 2.62 – 2.38 (m, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 905.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 38 Compound 38 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 38 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 – 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.24 (dd, J = 14.1, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.44 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (d, J = 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (s, 7H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.45 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.04 (dd, J = 12.9, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (s, 3H), 0.83 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 5H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 903.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 39 Compound 39 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 39 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dt, J = 5.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (ddd, J = 9.0, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 – 7.12 (m, 5H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.98 – 6.81 (m, 4H), 6.45 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.64 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (q, J = 15.7 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.56 – 3.40 (m, 7H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.56 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 887.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 40 Compound 40 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 40 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.38 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 9.00 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dq, J = 6.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.73 – 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 – 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.28 – 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.05 (td, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 3H), 6.89 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.64 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (q, J = 16.0 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 3H), 3.62 – 3.42 (m, 7H), 2.97 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 3H), 2.55 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 876.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 53 Compound 53 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedure used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 53 was obtained as a brown solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.44 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 – 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (ddd, J = 8.4, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23 – 7.14 (m, 3H), 7.08 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J = 6.8, 2H), 5.61 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2, 1H), 5.35 – 5.22 (m, 3H), 4.33 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.93 – 3.87 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.09 – 3.01 (m, 5H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.66 (s, 1H), 2.61 – 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.38 – 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.07 – 1.90 (m, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H) ppm (44 of 44 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 858.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 54 Compound 54 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heterocyclic boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedure used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 54 was obtained as an off-white oil. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (ddd, J = 9.0, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.25 – 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.17 – 7.03 (m, 2H), 7.03 – 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.89 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.74 – 7.68 (m, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.37 – 3.24 (m, 2H), 4.42 – 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.14 – 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.71 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (dd, J = 14.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.10 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.53 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.36 – 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.23 – 2.07 (m, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.36 – 1.20 (m, 5H) ppm (47 of 47 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 863.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 75 Compound 75 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 75 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.93 (dd, J = 5.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.03 – 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.65 – 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32 – 7.08 (m, 4H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.97 – 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.48 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.49 – 5.28 (m, 2H), 4.52 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.38 – 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.21 – 4.05 (m, 3H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 3.44 (s, 11H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.46 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.06 – 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.83 (s, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 875.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 76 Compound 76 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 76 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 – 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.16 (m, 3H), 7.11 (td, J = 7.6, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (dd, J = 7.9, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.63 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.46 – 5.29 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.56 – 3.37 (m, 10H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.47 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.86 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 4H), 1.44 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 875.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 77 Compound 77 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 77 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.93 (dd, J = 5.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (ddd, J = 8.4, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 – 7.18 (m, 5H), 7.16 – 7.08 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97 – 6.86 (m, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 7.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 5.62 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (dd, J = 16.2, 5.5 Hz, 3H), 4.55 – 4.39 (m, 3H), 3.97 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 5H), 3.41 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 20H), 2.90 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 5H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 1.89 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 862.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 78 Compound 78 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 78 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 – 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.31 – 7.17 (m, 5H), 7.10 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 8.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95 – 6.88 (m, 1H), 6.57 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 5.39 – 5.30 (m, 2H), 4.46 – 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 4H), 3.25 – 2.97 (m, 3H), 2.85 (s, 4H), 2.45 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.06 – 1.99 (m, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 888.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 79 Compound 79 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 79 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 903.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 80 Compound 80 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 80 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.34 (d, J = 0.4 Hz, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78 – 7.54 (m, 3H), 7.54 – 7.41 (m, 4H), 7.30 – 7.05 (m, 4H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.42 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 4.39 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 3H), 3.53 – 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.19 (s, 9H), 2.86 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H), 2.50 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 882.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 82 Compound 82 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 82 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.14 – 6.91 (m, 4H), 6.85 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.64 – 5.55 (m, 1H), 5.41 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 4H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.53 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 1.83 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 875.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 83 Compound 83 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 83 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 – 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.31 – 7.15 (m, 5H), 7.11 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 – 6.92 (m, 5H), 6.87 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.43 – 5.24 (m, 2H), 4.29 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 6H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.52 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 871.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 84 Compound 84 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 84 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 – 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24 – 7.13 (m, 3H), 7.13 – 6.94 (m, 4H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.37 – 5.15 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.54 – 3.32 (m, 1H), 3.10 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 911.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 85 Compound 85 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 85 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.04 (m, 5H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.42 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.64 – 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.11 (d, J = 26.2 Hz, 4H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.50 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 1.75 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 893.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 86 Compound 86 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 86 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 – 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.72 – 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.30 – 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.10 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06 – 6.83 (m, 5H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.41 – 5.23 (m, 2H), 4.31 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H), 3.24 (s, 0H), 3.20 – 3.15 (m, 7H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 889.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 87 Compound 87 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 87 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69 – 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.07 (m, 5H), 7.04 – 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.90 – 6.79 (m, 4H), 6.40 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.48 – 5.28 (m, 2H), 4.42 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.92 – 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.50 – 3.33 (m, 12H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.49 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 901.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 88 Compound 88 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 88 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54 – 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.44 – 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.29 – 7.04 (m, 6H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.35 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 4.37 – 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.50 – 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J = 14.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.15 – 3.10 (m, 1H), 3.00 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.52 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (s, 1H), 1.73 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 1H) ppm (38 of 43 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 909.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 89 Compound 89 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 89 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 – 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.40 – 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.30 – 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.25 – 7.16 (m, 3H), 7.10 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.04 – 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.38 – 5.21 (m, 2H), 4.40 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.02 – 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.87 – 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J = 13.9, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22 – 2.97 (m, 5H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.48 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.23 – 1.08 (m, 1H), 0.65 – 0.52 (m, 2H), 0.35 – 0.23 (m, 2H) ppm (40 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 901.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 90 Compound 90 was synthesized using Compound 3-3, the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. Compound 90 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 – 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.41 – 7.16 (m, 5H), 7.16 – 7.12 (m, 1H), 7.10 (td, J = 7.2, 1, 1H), 7.03 – 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.89 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.43 – 5.22 (m, 2H), 4.42 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.11 – 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.45 (dd, J = 14.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (s, 1H), 3.27 – 3.06 (m, 8H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.78 – 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.46 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 2.06 – 1.91 (m, 3H), 1.91 – 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.77 – 1.64 (m, 2H) ppm (50 of 51 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 915.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 139

A round bottom flask containing Compound 3-2, Pd(amphos)Cl 2 , Compound D8, and K 3 PO 4 was evacuated and back filled with nitrogen three times, and then freshly degassed dioxane and water were added. The mixture was then heated to 80 ºC for 12 hours. The solution was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, partitioned with saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic washings were dried over MgSO 4 , concentrated, and purified via flash chromatography (0-25% DCM/MeOH). Compound 3-4 was isolated and used in the next step. A microwave vial containing Compound 3-4 was charged with X-Phos-Pd-G 3 . The vial was capped and after three nitrogen/vacuum cycles, the solids were dissolved in degassed THF. To this stirring solution was then added cyclobutylzinc bromide. The reaction was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hours, and allowed to cool to room temperature. To this crude reaction mixture was then added dioxane and lithium hydroxide in water. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid, diluted with DMSO and purified via reverse phase chromatography (0.25% TFA/water in 20 – 70% acetonitrile). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 139. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.44 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.65 – 7.34 (m, 5H), 7.31 – 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.79 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.11 (m, 2H), 3.44 – 3.29 (m, 4H), 3.22 – 2.99 (m, 5H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 5H), 2.12 (s, 5H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 1.96 – 1.74 (m, 3H) (44 of 44 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 855.1 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 148 Compound 148 was synthesized using Compound 3-4, 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 7. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.90 – 8.77 (m, 1H), 7.83 – 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.73 – 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.43 – 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.25 – 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.12 – 7.00 (m, 4H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.36 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 4.34 – 4.14 (m, 2H), 3.95 – 3.82 (m, 3H), 3.59 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 2.91 – 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.86 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 3H), 2.72 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.8 Hz, 1H). LC/MS: m/z = 894.9 [M+H] + amu.31 of 41 protons observed. Example 4: Synthesis of Compounds 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, Compounds 41 through 51, and Compounds 81, 102, 105 through 108 and 120 Synthesis of Compound 4-1 A vial was charged with Compound 3-2 (660.69 mg, 1.6 mmol), Pd(amphos)Cl 2 (37.77 mg, 0.0500 mmol) and potassium phosphate (679.53 mg, 3.2 mmol). Degassed 1,4- dioxane and water (5.2 mL, 2:1, 0.2M) was injected and the reaction was warmed to 60 ºC under an atmosphere of nitrogen. After 6.5 hours, an equal portion of Compound D5 was added and the reaction was heated at 45 ºC overnight. The reaction was then allowed to cool and was diluted with water and washed three times with DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (0- 100% hexanes/EtOAc) was performed and the active fractions were pooled and concentrated to dryness to yield Compound 4-1 (490 mg, 54% yield) as a yellow oil. Compound 4-1 was isolated as an approximate 4:1 mixture of atrope isomers and the major component is reported. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d): δ 8.92 – 8.88 (m, 2H), 7.72 – 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.44 (ddd, J = 8.9, 7.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J = 15.1, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 – 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.94 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.38 – 6.33 (m, 1H), 5.53 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.29 – 5.16 (m, 2H), 4.22 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.86 – 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J = 13.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 0.92 (ddd, J = 16.6, 9.8, 7.2 Hz, 1H), -0.07 (s, 9H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 847.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 4-2 A 40 mL reaction vial was charged with potassium phosphate (369.13 mg, 1.74 mmol), Pd-X-Phos-G3 (31 mg, 0.0400 mmol), Compound 4-1 (492.1 mg, 0.5800 mmol) and 3-methoxy-phenyl-boronic acid (165 mg, 1.09 mmol). Degassed aqueous 1,4-Dioxane/water (4.5 mL, 2:1 dioxane) was injected under nitrogen and the reaction was heated to 80 °C for a period of 5 hours. The crude was diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (20-60% Hexane/EtOAc) separated the product (Compound 4-2; 250 mg, 47% yield) from some remaining starting material (83 mg, 17% yield). Compound 4-2 was isolated as an approximate 4:1 mixture of atrope isomers, and the major component is reported. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d): δ 9.27 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 – 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.56 – 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.10 (m, 5H), 7.03 – 6.85 (m, 5H), 6.40 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 4.37 – 4.27 (m, 2H), 3.95 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 3.86 (dt, J = 10.2, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.44 (dd, J = 13.7, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J = 13.7, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.86 (s, 2H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.34 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (tdt, J = 13.8, 10.5, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 0.00 (s, 9H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 919.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 4-3 A solution of Compound 4-2 (250 mg, 0.2700 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was treated with 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL, 24.56 mmol) (10% by volume). The reaction was monitored by TLC (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc) and once complete (30 minutes) was concentrated to dryness. The resulting TFA salt was dissolved in acetonitrile/water, frozen and lyophilized under reduced pressure to yield Compound 4-3 as a yellow powder (250 mg, quantitative). Compound 4-3 was sufficiently pure for alkylation without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d): δ 9.51 (s, 1H), 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.27 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.71 – 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.15 (td, J = 9.7, 8.8, 3.1 Hz, 4H), 7.02 – 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.92 – 6.71 (m, 5H), 6.60 – 6.53 (m, 1H), 5.61 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 4.25 – 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.31 (dd, J = 14.6, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (dd, J = 14.6, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 1.18 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 919.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 41 Compound 41 was synthesized by subjecting Compound 4-3 to saponification conditions and separating atrope isomers with reverse phase chromatography following the general procedures used for Compound 7. Compound 41 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 – 6.94 (m, 4H), 6.88 – 6.76 (m, 3H), 6.75 – 6.63 (m, 3H), 6.32 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (dd, J = 10.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.37 (dd, J = 14.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J = 14.3, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 761.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 42 A solution of 2-morpholinoethanol (11 uL, 0.0900 mmol) in THF was prepared (150 uL in 5 mL) and transferred into a vial containing Compound 4-3 (16 mg, 0.0200 mmol). (Trimethylphoranylidine)acetonitrile solution (354.25 uL, 0.1800 mmol) was injected and the reaction was stirred at 65 °C for two hours. Once cooled, the reaction was treated with 300 uL of 2N LiOH. The reaction was stirred overnight and complete saponification to the acid occurred. The reaction was diluted with DMSO (1 mL), neutralized with acetic acid (0.08 mL, 1.33 mmol), filtered and purified by reversed phase HPLC (10-50% water/acetonitrile + 0.25% AcOH buffer). Two peaks were collected with the first being the minor diastereomer (2R)-2-[4-[3-chloro-2-methyl-4-(2- morpholinoethoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)isothiazolo[5,4- c]pyridin-3-yl]oxy-3-[2- [[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]propanoic acid (2.03 mg, 0.0023 mmol, 13% yield), and the second being the major diastereomer (2R)-2-[4-[3- chloro-2-methyl-4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-methoxyph enyl)isothiazolo[5,4- c]pyridin-3-yl]oxy-3-[2-[[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl] methoxy]phenyl]propanoic acid (Compound 42; 5.81 mg, 0.0066 mmol, 38% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 – 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.08 – 6.93 (m, 5H), 6.84 – 6.61 (m, 5H), 6.27 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.21 – 5.09 (m, 2H), 4.16 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.76 – 3.72 (m, 4H), 3.57 – 3.48 (m, 7H), 2.73 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.55 – 2.50 (m, 5H), 1.54 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 43 Compound 43 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 43 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 – 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 – 6.95 (m, 5H), 6.83 – 6.76 (m, 2H), 6.73 – 6.60 (m, 3H), 6.26 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J = 10.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (d, J = 4.1 Hz, 2H), 4.55 – 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.17 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.38 (dt, J = 4.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 2.60 – 2.50 (m, 4H), 2.45 (dd, 1H, J = 14.4, 10.4 Hz), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.50 – 1.40 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 872.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 44 Compound 44 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 44 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dt, J = 7.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.4, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 – 6.95 (m, 4H), 6.82 – 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.68 – 6.56 (m, 3H), 6.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (q, J = 15.3 Hz, 2H), 3.96 – 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.64 – 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.32 – 3.27 (m, 5H), 2.62 (dd, J = 15.4, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 819.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 45 Compound 45 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 45 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 – 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.41 – 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.09 – 6.95 (m, 5H), 6.84 – 6.77 (m, 2H), 6.73 – 6.62 (m, 3H), 6.24 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (dd, J = 10.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.20 – 5.09 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.07 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.40 – 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.08 – 2.81 (m, 4H), 2.47 – 2.27 (m, 5H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 886.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 46 A microwave vial containing Compound 4-3 (20 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.253 mL, 0.1M). To this stirring solution was added 2- (dimethylamino)ethanol (0.010 mL, 0.101 mmol) and cyanomethylene trimethylphosphorane (0.5M in THF, 0.506 mL, 0.253 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 65 °C for 12 hours, and then allowed to cool to room temperature. To the crude reaction mixture was added lithium hydroxide in water (1N, 0.200 mL) and left to stir at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid (0.200 mL) and diluted with DMSO and purified via reverse phase chromatography (0.25% AcOH/water in 20 – 70% acetonitrile). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 46 as an off-white amorphous solid (5.4 mg, 26% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 – 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.48 (ddd, J = 8.4, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 6.95 (m, 5H), 6.95 – 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.84 – 6.65 (m, 3H), 6.35 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.14 (m, 2H), 4.68 – 4.49 (m, 1H), 4.29 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.55 – 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.10 – 2.93 (m, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (s, 1H), 2.52 (s, 6H), 1.91 (s, 3H) ppm (42 of 42 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 832.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 47 Compound 47 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 47 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 – 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.13 – 6.93 (m, 5H), 6.84 – 6.77 (m, 2H), 6.75 – 6.60 (m, 3H), 6.34 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.23 – 5.06 (m, 2H), 4.10 (dq, J = 11.4, 5.9, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.40 – 3.30 (m, 1H), 2.86 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.55 – 2.40 (m, 7H), 2.09 – 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.81 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 846.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 48 Compound 48 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 48 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.76 (dd, J = 5.3, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 – 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.9, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 – 6.93 (m, 5H), 6.85 – 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.73 – 6.62 (m, 3H), 6.25 (dd, J = 9.6, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.40 – 5.30 (m, 1H), 5.18 – 5.10 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 4.23 – 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.52 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 3H), 3.42 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.73 – 2.27 (m, 5H), 1.80 (s, 5H), 1.62 – 1.42 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 858.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 49 Compound 49 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 49 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.77 (dd, J = 5.3, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J = 15.1, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.57 – 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.47 – 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.09 – 6.93 (m, 5H), 6.84 – 6.76 (m, 2H), 6.73 – 6.62 (m, 3H), 6.30 – 6.25 (m, 1H), 5.44 – 5.29 (m, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.51 (s, 1H), 4.13 – 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.42 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.73 – 2.27 (m, 5H), 1.80 (s, 5H), 1.62 – 1.42 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 858.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 50 Compound 50 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 50 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 – 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.4, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.13 – 6.87 (m, 5H), 6.83 – 6.66 (m, 4H), 6.64 – 6.57 (m, 1H), 6.19 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.18 – 4.95 (m, 2H), 4.33 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.46 – 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.35 – 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.20 (s, 4H), 2.45 – 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.88 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 4H), 1.60 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 858.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 51 Compound 51 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 and using the corresponding alcohol. Compound 51 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 – 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.16 – 6.94 (m, 5H), 6.88 – 6.79 (m, 2H), 6.78 – 6.65 (m, 3H), 6.31 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.43 – 3.27 (m, 2H), 2.43 (dd, J = 14.3, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.58 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 775.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 81 Compound 81 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid when performing the procedures used for the synthesis of Compound 4-2 and using the corresponding alcohol in the final step. Compound 81 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 – 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.42 – 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 – 6.95 (m, 4H), 6.86 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.21 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.23 – 5.09 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 5H), 4.09 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 4H), 3.44 – 3.33 (m, 3H), 3.03 (p, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (dd, J = 14.3, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 2H), 1.80 (s, 6H), 1.64 (s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 102 Compound 102 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 42 using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid when performing the procedures used for the synthesis of Compound 4-2 and using the corresponding alcohol in the final step. Compound 102 was obtained as an off-white amorphous solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.02 – 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 – 7.20 (m, 3H), 7.20 – 6.83 (m, 11H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.26 – 5.06 (m, 2H), 4.12 (dt, J = 10.8, 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.38 (p, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (p, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J = 11.4 Hz, 1H), 2.85 – 2.63 (m, 5H), 2.41 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 874.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 107 Compound 107 was synthesized by first deprotecting Compound 4-1 following the general procedures for Compound 4-3, then using the resulting product with the corresponding alcohol while following the first step (i.e., step “i.”) for the synthesis of Compound 42, and lastly, using that product and cyclobutyl zinc bromide while following the general procedures for the synthesis of Compound 29. Compound 107 was obtained as an off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 723.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 108 Compound 108 was synthesized by first deprotecting Compound 4-1 following the general procedures for Compound 4-3, then using the resulting product with the corresponding alcohol while following the first step (i.e., step “i.”) for the synthesis of Compound 42, and lastly, using that product and cyclobutyl zinc bromide while following the general procedures for the synthesis of Compound 29. Compound 108 was obtained as an off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 822.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 105 To a vial containing Compound 108 (46.0 mg, 0.060 mmol) was added cesium carbonate (36.5 mg, 0.110 mmol). The solids were dissolved in dimethylformamide (2.24 mL). To the stirring solution was added 4-(chloromethyl)-5-methyl-1,3-dioxol-2-one (14.1mg, 0.100 mmol). The reaction was capped and heated to 50 °C for 1 hour, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (1 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (2 mL, 2 times), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 105 as an off-white oil. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (ddd, J = 8.2, 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 – 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.06 (td, J = 7.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (td, J = 7.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 9.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.14 (m, 2H), 4.35 – 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.69 – 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.60 – 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J = 13.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.96 – 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.75 – 2.60 (m, 5H), 2.56 – 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 2H), 2.08 – 1.97 (s, 5H), 1.95 – 1.73 (m, 5H) (48 of 48 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 934.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 106 To a vial containing Compound 107 (75.0 mg, 0.10 mmol) was added cesium carbonate (67.6 mg, 0.210 mmol). The solids were dissolved in dimethylformamide (4.18 mL). To the stirring solution was added 4-(chloromethyl)-5-methyl-1,3-dioxol-2-one (26.2 mg, 0.18 mmol). The reaction was capped and heated to 50 °C for 1 hour, allowed to cool and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (1 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (2 mL, 2 times). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (2 mL, 2 times), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 106 as an off-white oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 4H), 7.69 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 – 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.23 – 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.11 – 7.03 (m, 3H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (dd, J = 7.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 9.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 5.32 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.54 (p, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J = 13.8, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 2.74 – 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.55 – 2.34 (m, 2H), 2.16 (s, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.04 – 1.96 (m, 2H) (39 of 39 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 835.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 120 To a vial containing Compound 36 (60.0 mg, 0.072 mmol) was added N-(3- dimethylaminopropyl)-N’-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (19.3 mg, 0.110 mmol), 1- hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (13.6 mg, 0.100 mmol), 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (12.3 mg, 0.100 mmol). The solids were dissolved in dimethylformamide (0.720 mL). To the stirring solution was added 4-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methyl-1,3-dioxol-2-one (14.0 mg, 0.108 mmol). The reaction was capped and stirred at 23 °C for 1 hour. After the reaction was complete the reaction was poured into a separatory funnel containing water (1 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (2 mL, 2 times). The combined organic extracts were concentrated to dryness. The crude reaction mixture was purified via reverse phase chromatography (0-60% acetonitrile in water with 0.025% AcOH). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 120 as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 – 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.25 – 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.13 – 7.03 (m, 3H), 7.03 – 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.89 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 9.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.37 – 5.15 (m, 3H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.30 (qt, J = 10.4, 5.0 Hz, 3H), 3.84 (s, 4H), 3.59 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.18 – 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.93 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 3H), 2.87 – 2.54 (m, 8H), 2.54 – 2.31 (m, 6H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.97 – 1.91 (m, 2H) (51 of 51 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 947.3 [M+H] + amu. Example 5: Synthesis of Intermediate 5-1, Compound 5-1, and Compounds 55 and 56 Synthesis of Intermediate 5-1 To a mixture of 2-chloro-3-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan- 2- yl)phenol (1.0 g, 3.72 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.4 g, 5.59 mmol), and 2- (dimethylamino)ethanol (0.45 mL, 4.47 mmol) in toluene (12 mL) was added di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (1.3 g, 5.59 mmol) in toluene (6 mL) dropwise to the stirring reaction solution. The reaction was stirred at 23 °C for 2 hours, at which time LC/MS analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product (LC/MS: m/z = 340.1 [M+H] + amu). The reaction was stopped and concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0–15% methanol/dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Intermediate 5-1 as a clear oil (0.555 g, 44% yield).

Synthesis of Compound 5-1 A flask containing Compound 3-2 (0.400 mg, 0.57 mmol) was charged with Intermediate 5-1 (0.203 g, 0.60 mmol), bis(di-tert-butyl(4- dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (20 mg, 0.029 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (0.362 g, 1.71 mmol). The solids were dissolved in degassed 1,4-dioxane (1.75 mL) and deionized water (0.88 mL). The reaction was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hours, allowed to cool and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (3 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (5 mL, 2 times). The combined organic extracts were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-20% methanol/dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 5-1 as a yellow solid and a mixture of diastereomers (LC/MS: m/z = 788.2 [M+H] + amu). Synthesis of Compound 55 Compound 55 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 7, using Compound 5-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid as the starting materials. Compound 55 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.80 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 – 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.48 (ddd, J = 9.0, 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.11 (m, 3H), 7.11 – 7.02 (m, 2H), 7.02 – 6.93 (m, 3H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.24 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.22 – 5.04 (m, 2H), 4.47 – 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.39 (d, J = 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 2.44 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H) ppm (39 of 39 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 820.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 56 Compound 56 was synthesized using Compound 5-1 and cyclobpropylzinc bromide as starting materials, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 56 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 – 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.20 – 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.08 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (q, J = 15.0 Hz, 2H), 4.58 – 4.50 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.74 – 5.68 (m, 3H), 3.48 – 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 4H), 2.44 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1.77 – 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 2H), 1.16 – 0.74 (m, 4H) ppm (40 of 40 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 766.2 [M+H] + amu. Example 6: Synthesis of Intermediates 6-0 and 6-1, Compound 6-1, Compound 6-2, Compounds 57 through 63 and Compound 104 Synthesis of Intermediate 6-1 Step 1 To an oven-dry 250 mL flask was added methyl 2-chloropyrimidine-4-carboxylate (5.g, 28.97 mmol) and Methanol (100 mL). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C followed by the addition of LiBH 4 (16.mL, 32 mmol) dropwise via an addition funnel. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and continued for one hour. The mixture was quenched with water (2 mL) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was partitioned between EtOAc (80 mL) and water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with 20% iPrOH in CHCl 3 (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as a yellow solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.63 (dd, J = 5.1, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dt, J = 5.1, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 145.3 [M+H] + amu. Step 2 To a 250 mL flask, which contained (2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methanol (2.6 g, 17.99 mmol), was added carbon tetrabromide (8.95 g, 26.98 mmol) and DCM (104 mL). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C. Triphenylphosphane (9.43 g, 35.97 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added to the mixture. The ice bath was removed; the reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature. After 45 minutes, the mixture was adsorbed onto silica and purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as a light brown liquid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.67 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 – 7.37 (m, 1H), 4.44 (s, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 207.2 [M+H] + amu. Step 3 To a mixture of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-(2- hydroxyphenyl)propanoate (3.91 g, 12.05 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (3.33 g, 24.1 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added 4-(bromomethyl)-2-chloro-pyrimidine (2.5 g, 12.05 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under inert atmosphere for 12 hours at which point the mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (70 mL) and water (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 20 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as a white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.71 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dt, J = 5.1, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (ddd, J = 6.8, 5.3, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (td, J = 7.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (t, J = 1.1 Hz, 2H), 4.51 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (qd, J = 7.1, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (dd, J = 13.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J = 13.2, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.31 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.77 (s, 9H), -0.14 (s, 3H), -0.26 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 451.2 [M+H] + amu. Step 4 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[(2- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy]phenyl]propanoate (120 mg, 0.2700 mmol) in MeCN (2 mL) was added 2,2-difluoroethanol (0.5 mL, 7.11 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (73.54 mg, 0.5300 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C under inert atmosphere for 17 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, quenched with water (5 mL), partitioned between EtOAc (40 mL) and water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure, and used without further purification. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.96 (dd, J = 8.1, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.64 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.28 – 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.37 (dd, J = 13.1, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J = 13.1, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 2.80 – 2.63 (m, 2H), 1.34 – 1.26 (m, 3H), 0.77 (d, J = 0.4 Hz, 9H), -0.14 (s, 3H), -0.26 (s, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ -62.99 – -66.90 (m). LC/MS: m/z = 529.1 [M+H] + amu. Step 5 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[[2-(3,3,3- trifluoropropoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]propanoate (110 mg, 0.2100 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added tertbutyl ammonium fluoride solution (1 M in THF, 0.33mL, 0.3300 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then purified by silica gel chromatography to give Intermediate 6-1 as a white foam. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.56 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 5.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.69 – 4.61 (m, 2H), 4.56 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.32 – 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.33 (dd, J = 13.7, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J = 13.7, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.80 – 2.57 (m, 2H), 1.28 (td, J = 7.2, 0.6 Hz, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ -64.80 (t, J = 10.6 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 415.1 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 57 Compound 6-1 was synthesized using Compound A9, Intermediate 6-1, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-2. Then, Compound 6- 2 was synthesized using Compound B-6, Compound 6-1, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-3. Compound 57 was synthesized using Compound 6-2 and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 39. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24 – 7.13 (m, 3H), 6.95 (dd, J = 9.8, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.90 – 6.78 (m, 3H), 6.41 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (ddtd, J = 4.0, 1.6, 0.8, 0.4 Hz, 2H), 4.93 – 4.87 (m, 1H), 4.67 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.44 – 3.38 (m, 3H), 3.33 – 3.21 (m, 3H), 3.10 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dt, J = 10.9, 6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.78 (s, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ -66.31 (t, J = 10.9 Hz), -77.37. LC/MS: m/z = 893.1 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 58 Compound 58 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Intermediate 6-1 using the corresponding fluorinated alcohol, and then following the general procedures used for Compound 57. Compound 58 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.11 (m, 3H), 6.98 – 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.87 – 6.78 (m, 3H), 6.44 – 6.02 (m, 4H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (td, J = 14.0, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.46 – 3.33 (m, 4H), 3.29 – 3.18 (m, 3H), 3.11 – 3.01 (m, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.48 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ -77.34. LC/MS: m/z = 860.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 59 Compound 59 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Intermediate 6-1 using the corresponding fluorinated alcohol, and then following the general procedures used for Compound 57. Compound 59 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.10 (m, 3H), 6.92 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 – 5.21 (m, 1H), 5.15 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.89 – 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.47 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.36 – 4.29 (m, 3H), 4.17 (ddd, J = 12.0, 6.1, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 2.35 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.08 – 2.04 (m, 4H), 2.03 (s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 3H), 0.94 – 0.88 (m, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ -68.00 (t, J = 11.1 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 906.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 60 Compound 60 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Intermediate 6-1 using the corresponding electrophile, and then following the general procedures used for Compound 57. Compound 60 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 – 7.08 (m, 3H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 – 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.85 – 6.73 (m, 3H), 6.41 – 6.32 (m, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (t, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.99 – 3.89 (m, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.39 – 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.25 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 3H), 3.10 (q, J = 8.4, 6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.44 (dd, J = 13.8, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.25 – 2.14 (m, 1H), 2.06 – 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.51 – 1.44 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 2H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ -77.42. LC/MS: m/z = 900.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 61 Compound 61 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Intermediate 6-1 using the corresponding electrophile, and then following the general procedures used for Compound 57. Compound 61 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.86 – 6.74 (m, 3H), 6.42 – 6.34 (m, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (t, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (s, 1H), 3.85 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.39 – 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.18 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 5H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.52 – 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.18 – 1.97 (m, 3H), 1.75 (s, 5H), 1.29 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 2H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ -77.53 (s). LC/MS: m/z = 900.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 62 Compound 62 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Intermediate 6-1 using the corresponding electrophile, and then following the general procedures used for Compound 57. Compound 62 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J = 5.7, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.98 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.93 – 6.83 (m, 3H), 6.80 – 6.69 (m, 3H), 6.34 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.13 – 5.01 (m, 2H), 4.46 – 4.36 (m, 1H), 4.33 – 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.76 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.57 – 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.44 – 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.28 (dd, J = 0.4 Hz, 3H), 3.09 (q, J = 4.3, 3.8 Hz, 3H), 2.84 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 3H), 2.65 (s, 2H), 2.50 (dd, J = 14.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 2H), 2.05 – 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.65 (q, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.53 – 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 0.90 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 5H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 892.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 63 Compound 63 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Intermediate 6-1 using the corresponding electrophile, and then following the general procedures used for Compound 57. Compound 63 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.09 (m, 3H), 6.97 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 – 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.85 – 6.72 (m, 3H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 6.37 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, J = 11.9 Hz, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 5H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.54 – 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 2H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ -77.56 (s). LC/MS: m/z = 930.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 104 Compound 104 was synthesized using the general procedures for Compound 57, except that cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the the general procedure used for Compound 29 in Step 4 of the synthesis of Intermediate 6-1 instead of the fluorinated alcohol and the procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 6-1, and cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29 for the last step of the synthesis of Compound 104. Compound 104 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.26 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.01 – 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.55 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.33 – 5.09 (m, 2H), 4.45 – 4.27 (m, 2H), 3.90 – 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.59 – 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.38 – 3.32 (m, 1H), 3.28 – 2.96 (m, 6H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.59 – 2.30 (m, 8H), 2.19 – 2.02 (m, 2H), 2.01 – 1.81 (m, 8H) (44 of 47 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 783.3 [M+H] + amu. Example 7: Synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, Intermediate 7-2, Compound 7-1, Compound 7-2, Compound 7-3, Compound 7-4, Compounds 64 through 68, Compounds 71 through 74, Compounds 112 through 116, Compound 119, Compounds 121, 122, 124 through 126, Intermediate 7-3, Intermediate 7-4, Compound 7-5, Compound 7-6, and Compounds 127 through 137 Synthesis of Intermediate 7-1 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[(2- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy]phenyl]propanoate (85 mg, 0.1900 mmol; see steps 1 – 3 from procedures for synthesis of Intermediate 6-1) in 1,4-Dioxane (6 mL) was added (2- methoxy-3-pyridyl)boronic acid (57.65 mg, 0.3800 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (13.79 mg, 0.0200 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (122.8 mg, 0.3800 mmol), and water (1.5 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at 80 °C under inert atmosphere. After 2 hours, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature then partitioned between EtOAc (40 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL), combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford Intermediate 7-1 as a light brown solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.95 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J = 5.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (dd, J = 7.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (ddd, J = 7.6, 6.1, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J = 7.4, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 – 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 2H), 4.57 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (qd, J = 7.1, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.42 (dd, J = 13.2, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J = 13.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.32 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.78 (s, 9H), -0.13 (s, 3H), -0.25 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 524.1 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 64 Intermediate 7-2 was synthesized by using Intermediate 7-1 and following Step 5 of the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 6-1. Compound 7-1 was synthesized using Compound A9, Intermediate 7-2, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-2. Then, Compound 7-2 was synthesized using Compound B-6, Compound 7-1, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-3. Compound 64 was synthesized using Compound 7-2 and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 35. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J = 5.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J = 7.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 – 6.94 (m, 10H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dt, J = 7.5, 3.3 Hz, 3H), 6.40 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.54 – 5.41 (m, 1H), 5.27 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 3H), 4.25 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 3H), 3.98 (s, 5H), 3.46 – 3.32 (m, 10H), 3.26 – 2.96 (m, 3H), 2.85 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 5H), 2.37 (s, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 876.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 65 Compound 65 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, wherein the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 7-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 65 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 – 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.25 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.93 – 6.74 (m, 4H), 6.41 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.61 – 5.52 (m, 1H), 5.34 – 5.16 (m, 2H), 4.82 (s, 3H), 4.33 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.41 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.17 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 5H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 901.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 66 Compound 66 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, wherein the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 7-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when perofmring the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 66 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (td, J = 7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 – 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.23 – 7.04 (m, 3H), 7.00 – 6.77 (m, 6H), 6.41 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.33 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 4.33 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.41 (dd, J = 14.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (q, J = 6.3, 5.6 Hz, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 923.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 67 Compound 67 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, wherein the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 7-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when perofmring the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 67 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 – 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.49 – 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.31 – 7.08 (m, 6H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.93 – 6.75 (m, 4H), 6.44 – 6.37 (m, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.36 – 5.19 (m, 3H), 4.34 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.42 (dd, J = 14.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.21 – 2.99 (m, 3H), 2.84 (s, 4H), 2.65 (s, 4H), 1.76 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 905.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 68 Compound 68 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, wherein the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 7-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when perofmring the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 68 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90 – 7.73 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 – 6.78 (m, 5H), 6.45 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.20 (m, 2H), 4.34 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.45 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.28 – 3.07 (m, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.53 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (s, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 935.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 71 Compound 71 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, wherein the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 7-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 71 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 5.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 – 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 – 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.21 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 7.01 (ddd, J = 8.4, 4.7, 2.6 Hz, 3H), 6.82 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.39 – 5.23 (m, 2H), 4.42 – 4.28 (m, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.42 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 3.20 – 3.05 (m, 8H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.49 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.32 – 1.27 (m, 2H) ppm (43 of 43 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 876.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 72 Compound 72 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, wherein the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 7-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 72 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.95 (s, 4H), 7.98 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 – 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.22 – 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 – 6.98 (m, 3H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.45 – 5.25 (m, 2H), 4.45 – 4.35 (m, 2H), 3.46 (dd, J = 13.7, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.25 – 3.12 (m, 5H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.47 (dd, J = 13.8, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 1.75 (s, 3H) ppm (35 of 41 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 846.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 112 Compound 112 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 112, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 112 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.35 – 9.21 (m, 1H), 8.82 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.12 – 8.08 (m, 1H), 8.01 – 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 – 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 – 7.09 (m, 5H), 7.06 – 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.47 – 5.05 (m, 2H), 4.41 – 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.08 – 3.76 (m, 5H), 3.62 – 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J = 14.0, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 3.29 – 3.18 (m, 10H), 3.18 – 2.96 (m, 6H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.55 – 2.43 (m, J = 19.1, 12.2, 9.5 Hz, 2H), 2.19 – 2.02 (m, 2H) (50 of 52 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 890.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 113 Compound 113 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 113, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 113 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.12 – 8.99 (m, 1H), 8.75 – 8.61 (m, 1H), 8.55 – 8.45 (m, 1H), 7.59 – 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.39 – 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.32 – 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.24 – 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.15 – 6.98 (m, 2H), 6.95 – 6.78 (m, 3H), 6.78 – 6.60 (m, 3H), 6.52 – 6.42 (m, 1H), 5.41 – 5.28 (m, 3H), 5.22 – 5.06 (m, 2H), 4.57 – 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.18 – 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.05 – 2.74 (m, 9H), 2.66 – 2.50 (m, 5H), 2.12 – 2.03 (m, 3H), 1.90 – 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.82 – 1.67 (m, 2H) (47 of 50 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 912.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 114 Compound 114 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 114, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 114 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 9.20 – 9.10 (m, 1H), 8.92 – 8.79 (m, 1H), 8.75 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 – 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.26 – 7.05 (m, 4H), 7.05 – 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.96 – 6.79 (m, 3H), 6.79 – 6.65 (m, 2H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.32 – 5.23 (m, 3H), 4.34 (q, J = 5.6, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 4H), 3.13 – 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 4H), 2.68 – 2.21 (m, 4H), 2.20 – 1.74 (m, 8H) (44 of 50 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 928.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 115 Compound 115 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 115, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 115 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.88 (dd, J = 5.1, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.54 – 8.42 (m, 1H), 8.42 – 8.27 (m, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.04 – 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.42 – 5.22 (m, 3H), 4.43 – 4.13 (m, 3H), 3.56 – 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.37 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 3.10 – 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.82 (s, 4H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.58 – 2.31 (m, 3H), 2.13 – 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.99 – 1.87 (m, 9H) (49 of 54 protons obserserved). LC/MS: m/z = 952.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 116 Compound 116 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 116, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 116 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.30 – 9.19 (m, 1H), 8.89 – 8.81 (m, 1H), 7.97 – 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.86 – 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.71 – 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.29 – 7.11 (m, 3H), 7.08 – 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.71 – 6.37 (m, 1H), 5.70 – 5.43 (m, 1H), 5.43 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 4.46 – 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.67 – 3.45 (m, 4H), 3.19 – 3.00 (m, 8H), 2.89 – 2.76 (m, 5H), 2.62 – 2.32 (m, 7H), 2.16 – 1.93 (m, 3H) (44 of 46 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 844.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 119 Compound 119 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 119, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 119 was obtained as a yellow solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.17 – 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.08 – 6.91 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dt, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 5.36 – 5.05 (m, 4H), 4.32 (ddt, J = 14.7, 10.5, 5.2 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (dt, J = 14.1, 5.4 Hz, 5H), 3.50 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.81 (s, 5H), 2.64 – 2.22 (m, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 2H), 1.95 – 1.83 (m, 6H) (50 of 55 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 931.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 121 Compound 121 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 121, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 121 was obtained as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.89 – 8.87 (m, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (ddd, J = 7.8, 1.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (ddd, J = 7.7, 1.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61 – 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.30 – 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.13 (q, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.44 – 5.20 (m, 3H), 4.45 – 4.11 (m, 3H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.55 – 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.39 – 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.03 – 2.95 (m, 5H), 2.80 (s, 4H), 2.67 – 2.29 (m, 4H), 2.11 – 1.94 (m, 3H), 1.94 – 1.83 (m, 4H) (49 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 885.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 122 Compound 122 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 122, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 122 was obtained as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 – 7.67 (m, 3H), 7.26 – 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dt, J = 7.2, Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.50 – 5.19 (m, 1H), 4.42 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 4.38 – 4.27 (m, 2H), 4.23 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.54 – 3.45 (m, 4H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.04 – 2.97 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.56 – 2.34 (m, 5H), 2.12 – 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H) (46 of 50 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 888.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-3 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[(2- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy]phenyl]propanoate in 1,4-Dioxane was added (2-methoxy- 3-pyridyl)boronic acid, Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (, Cs 2 CO 3 , and water. The resulting mixture was heated at 80 °C under inert atmosphere. After 2 hours, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford Intermediate 7- 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-4 To a solution of Intermediate 7-3 (ethyl (S)-2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(2- ((2-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methox y)phenyl)propanoate) in THF was added tertbutyl ammonium fluoride solution. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then purified by silica gel chromatography to give Intermediate 7-4. Synthesis of Compound 7-5 To a solution of Intermediate 7-4, PPh 3 , Et 3 N, and Compound A9 in THF was added DBAD as a solution in THF dropwise. The mixture was then stirred for 12 hours. The resulting solution was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified via chromatography. The product (Compound 7-5) was isolated. A round bottom flask containing Compound 7-5, Pd(amphos)Cl 2 , Compound B6, and K 3 PO 4 was evacuated and back filled with nitrogen three times, and then freshly degassed dioxane and water were added. The mixture was then heated to 80 ºC for 12 hours. The solution was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, partitioned with saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic washings were dried over MgSO 4 , concentrated, and purified via flash chromatography (0-25% DCM/MeOH). Compound 7-6 was isolated. Synthesis of Compound 127 A microwave vial containing Compound 7-6 was charged with X-Phos-Pd-G3. The vial was capped and after three nitrogen/vacuum cycles, the solids were dissolved in degassed THF. To this stirring solution was then added cyclobutylzinc bromide. The reaction was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hours, and allowed to cool to room temperature. To this crude reaction mixture was then added dioxane and lithium hydroxide in water. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid, diluted with DMSO and purified via reverse phase chromatography (0.25% TFA/water in 20 – 70% acetonitrile). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 127 as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 9.03 – 8.92 (m, 2H), 8.92 – 8.70 (m, 1H), 8.20 – 8.02 (m, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.08 – 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.46 – 5.08 (m, 2H), 4.35 (h, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.57 – 3.41 (m, 3H), 3.40 – 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.13 (sextet, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09 – 2.97 (m, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.61 – 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.16 – 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 1H), 1.99 – 1.80 (m, 4H) (37 of 43 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 898.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 128 Compound 128 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 128 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54 – 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 – 7.11 (m, 3H), 7.03 – 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.39 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 4.45 – 4.22 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.60 – 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.39 – 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.16 – 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.11 – 3.02 (m, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.55 – 2.32 (m, 3H), 2.14 – 2.06 (m, 1H), 1.96 – 1.90 (m, 2H) (37 of 46 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 860.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 129 Compound 129 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 129 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J = 8.1, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.88 – 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 11.0, 1.2, 2H), 7.34 – 7.10 (m, 6H), 7.06 – 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.46 – 5.21 (m, 2H), 4.34 (h, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.59 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.16 – 2.99 (m, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.59 – 2.30 (m, 3H), 2.16 – 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94 – 1.82 (m, 4H) (36 of 43 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 848.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 130 Compound 130 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 130 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 9.17 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 – 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.60 – 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.24 – 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.17 – 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.05 – 6.96 (m, 3H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.39 – 5.08 (m, 2H), 4.49 – 4.27 (m, 2H), 3.54 – 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.16 – 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.61 – 2.21 (m, 3H), 2.15 – 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.97 – 1.82 (s, 4H) (41 of 54 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 904.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 131 Compound 131 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 131 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (ddd, J = 8.5, 2.1, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.13 – 8.01 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (ddd, J = 8.1, 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.06 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.02 – 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.39 – 5.15 (m, 2H), 4.49 – 4.03 (m, 3H), 4.03 – 3.71 (m, 5H), 3.56 – 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.40 – 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.23 – 3.09 (m, 6H), 3.08 – 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.59 – 2.26 (m, 3H), 2.15 – 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.96 – 1.80 (m, 2H) (42 of 51 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 908.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 132 Compound 132 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 132 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.59 – 8.41 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 – 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.19 – 7.00 (m, 3H), 6.92 – 6.88 (m, 1H), 6.82 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.32 – 5.04 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.32 – 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.48 – 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.30 – 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.13 – 2.84 (m, 4H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.49 – 2.16 (m, 3H), 2.08 – 1.93 (m, 1H), 1.88 – 1.67 (m, 6H) (40 of 54 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 904.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 133 Compound 133 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 133 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 9.05 (dd, J = 2.4, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (td, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.18 – 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.06 – 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.38 – 5.13 (m, 2H), 4.34 (h, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.92 – 2.76 (m, 4H), 3.72 – 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.54 – 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.43 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.13 (sextet, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09 – 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.55 – 2.35 (m, 3H), 2.15 – 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 1H), 1.95 – 1.85 (m, 6H) (44 of 51 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 891.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 134 Compound 134 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 134 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.80 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 – 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.31 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (td, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 – 7.07 (m, 2H), 7.05 – 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.42 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 4.43 – 3.92 (m, 2H), 3.53 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.43 – 3.35 (m, 5H), 3.13 (sextet, J = 1.6, 1H), 3.06 – 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.58 – 2.31 (m, 3H), 2.12 – 2.03 (m, 6H), 2.03 – 1.81 (m, 6H) (45 of 52 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 874.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 135 Compound 135 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 135 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.67 – 8.60 (m, 1H), 8.55 – 8.48 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 – 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.22 (td, J = 8.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.18 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.46 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 4.46 – 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.72 – 3.59 (m, 4H), 3.55 – 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.38 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.17 – 3.01 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.61 – 2.31 (m, 3H), 2.14 – 1.96 (m, 6H), 1.96 – 1.79 (m, 8H) (47 of 54 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 888.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 136 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazole was methylated to yield 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1- methyl-1H-pyrazole and then the boronate or boronic acid was prepared. Compound 136 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the prepared boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 136 was obtained as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.63 – 8.59 (m, 1H), 8.28 (ddd, J = 7.9, 1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.07 – 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 – 7.61 (m, 3H), 7.49 (td, J = 7.9, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (td, J = 8.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 – 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.41 – 5.23 (m, 2H), 4.31 (qt, J = 10.3, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.56 – 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.41 – 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.24 – 3.11 (m, 4H), 3.09 – 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.57 – 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.13 – 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.96 – 1.81 (m, 6H) (45 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 885.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 137 5-(3-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazole was methylated to yield 5-(3-bromophenyl)-1- methyl-1H-pyrazole and then the boronate or boronic acid was prepared. Compound 137 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 127, except that the prepared boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 7-3. Compound 137 was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.99 – 8.73 (m, 2H), 8.39 (ddd, J = 7.8, 1.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (ddd, J = 7.7, 1.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 – 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.28 – 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.44 – 5.20 (m, 2H), 4.43 – 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.54 – 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.13 (sextet, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 3.07 – 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.58 – 2.32 (m, 3H), 2.10 – 1.85 (m, 8H) (42 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 885.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 73

Intermediate 7-3 was synthesized by first following the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 7-1 and using the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and then following Step 5 of the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 6-1. Compound 7-3 was synthesized using Compound A9, Intermediate 7-3, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-2. Then, Compound 7-4 was synthesized by using Compound B-6, Compound 7-3 and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-3. Compound 73 was synthesized using Compound 7-4 and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.26 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 – 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.33 – 7.11 (m, 5H), 7.11 – 7.02 (m, 2H), 7.01 – 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.95 – 6.90 (m, 1H), 6.84 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 – 5.19 (m, 2H), 4.43 – 4.28 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.67 – 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.37 (dd, J = 14.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.24 – 3.14 (m, 4H), 2.85 (s, 4H), 2.72 – 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.59 – 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.43 – 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.16 – 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.97 – 1.78 (m, 3H) ppm (46 of 46 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 853.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 74 Compound 74 was synthesized following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 73 and using the corresponding heteroaryl boronate ester or acid when performing the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 7-1. Compound 74 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 9.04 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.94 (s, 4H), 7.98 (d, J = 5.2, 1H), 7.27 – 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.17 (s, 2H), 7.06 – 7.01 (m, 1H), 6.93 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (dd, J = 10.2, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.45 – 5.31 (m, 2H), 4.46 – 4.35 (m, 2H), 3.57 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.21 – 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.59 – 2.28 (m, 3H), 1.99 – 1.82 (m, 5H) ppm (35 of 44 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 806.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-4 A vial containing 4-bromo-N-cyclohexyl-3-methoxy-benzamide (300 mg, 0.960 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (293 mg, 1.15 mmol), [1,1’- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (39.3 mg, 0.050 mmol), and potassium acetate (283 mg, 2.88 mmol) was evacuated and backfilled 3x with nitrogen. The vial was degassed and dimethylformamide (5.65 mL) was added and heated to 100 °C for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled and filtered over a 2-inch plug of celite. The organics were transferred to a separatory funnel and backextracted with water (30 mL, 3 times), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude reaction mixture was purified via flash chromatography (0 to 60% ethyl acetate in hexanes). Fractions containing the Intermediate 7-4 were pooled and concentrated in vacuo to yield a clear oil. LC/MS: m/z = 360.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 124 Compound 124 was synthesized following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 73, except that the corresponding intermediate for Compound 124 (i.e., instead of Intermediate 7-3) was synthesized by first using Intermediate 7-4 and following the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 7-1, and then following Step 5 of the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 6-1. Compound 124 was obtained as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.18 – 7.07 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.46 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 4.47 – 4.20 (m, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (s, 4H), 3.57 – 3.43 (m, 3H), 3.41 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.59 – 2.35 (m, 3H), 2.09 – 1.93 (m, 6H), 1.93 – 1.78 (m, 8H) (47 of 58 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 960.5 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 125 Compound 125 was synthesized following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 124 and using 1-(4-(6-bromopyridin-3-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1- one when performing the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 7-4. Compound 125 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 9.05 – 8.97 (m, 1H), 8.79 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.72 – 8.49 (m, 1H), 7.72 – 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.21 (ddd, J = 8.2, 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.18 – 7.06 (m, 3H), 7.06 – 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.37 – 5.14 (m, 2H), 4.40 – 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.88 – 3.64 (m, 9H), 3.54 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.39 – 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.10 – 3.04 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.61 – 2.22 (m, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.15 – 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.90 (s, 6H) (48 of 54 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 932.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 126 Compound 126 was synthesized following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 124 and using 14-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)morpholine when performing the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 7-4. Compound 126 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.56 – 8.34 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 – 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.18 – 7.08 (m, 8H), 7.00 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.44 – 5.12 (m, 2H), 4.53 – 4.43 (m, 2H), 4.36 (q, J = 4.9, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.09 – 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.75 – 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.66 – 3.38 (m, 3H), 3.15 – 3.04 (m, 4H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.65 – 2.31 (m, 3H), 2.15 – 2.00 (m, 1H), 2.00 – 1.81 (m, 7H) (50 of 56 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 934.4 [M+H] + amu. Example 8: Synthesis of Intermediate 8-1, and Compounds 69 and 70 Synthesis of Intermediate 8-1 Step 1 To a solution of methyl 2-chloropyrimidine-4-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.9 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (5 mL, 69.54 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (800.83 mg, 5.79 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C under N 2 for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled, quenched with water (5 mL), and partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.81 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (dd, J = 8.2, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ -73.70 (td, J = 8.4, 4.2 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 237.2 [M+H] + amu. Step 2 To an oven-dry 100 mL flask was added methyl 2-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)pyrimidine-4-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.27 mmol) and methanol (8 mL). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C followed by slow addition of LiBH 4 (0.7 mL, 1.4 mmol). After the addition, the ice bath was remove and the reaction warmed to ambient temperature. Upon completion, the reaction was quenched with water (2 mL) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was partitioned between EtOAc (20 mL) and water (10 mL) and extracted with 20% iPrOH in CHCl 3 (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the desired product as a yellow solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.53 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (q, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (s, 2H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ -73.76 (t, J = 8.3 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 209.3 [M+H] + amu. Step 3 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-(2- hydroxyphenyl)propanoate (205 mg, 0.6300 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added [2-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]methanol (170.94 mg, 0.8200 mmol) and PPh3 (331.41 mg, 1.26 mmol). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and DBAD (290.61 mg, 1.26 mmol) added in a sinlge portion. Reaction mixture was quenched with water (2 mL) and partitioned between EtOAc (40 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with more EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the desired product as a white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.61 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (td, J = 7.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 – 6.83 (m, 1H), 5.14 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.86 (q, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.56 – 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.24 (qd, J = 7.2, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (dd, J = 13.2, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J = 13.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.31 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.78 (s, 9H), -0.13 (s, 3H), -0.24 (s, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ -73.76 (d, J = 16.4 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 515.3 [M+H] + amu. Step 4 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[[2-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]propanoate (183 mg, 0.3600 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added TBAF (0.6 mL, 0.6000 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for an hour, and the mixture was concentrated onto silica gel. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford Intermediate 8-1 as a brown oil. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.59 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J = 5.1, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 – 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.03 – 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.86 (q, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.56 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.31 – 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.33 (dd, J = 13.7, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J = 13.7, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm. 19 F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ -73.76 (d, J = 16.4 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 401.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 69 Compound 69 was synthesized using Intermediate 8-1 and following the general procedures used for Comppound 64. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (tt, J = 15.5, 7.3 Hz, 3H), 7.06 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.46 – 6.35 (m, 1H), 5.61 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (q, J = 15.1 Hz, 2H), 5.08 – 5.00 (m, 4H), 4.90 (s, 0H), 4.38 (dq, J = 10.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.52 – 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.11 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.52 (dd, J = 13.8, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 867.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 70 Compound 70 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 69, wherein the corresponding electrophile was used when performing the general procedures used for Intermediate 8-1 and the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid was used when performing the general procedures used for Compound 35. Compound 70 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (q, J = 8.2 Hz, 3H), 7.02 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92 – 6.73 (m, 4H), 6.36 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.16 – 5.01 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.25 – 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.58 – 3.44 (m, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 0H), 3.26 – 3.10 (m, 0H), 2.85 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 3H), 2.45 (dd, J = 13.9, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.95 (d, J = 20.4 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.56 (dd, J = 9.5, 4.6 Hz, 1H). LC/MS: m/z = 894.3 [M+H] + amu. Example 9: Synthesis of Intermediate 9-1, Intermediate 9-2, Compound 9-1 and Compounds 92 and 93 Synthesis of Intermediate 9-1 A round-bottom flask was charged with (2S)-2-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propanoic acid (1.0 g, 6.02 mmol) and dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide. Then, cesium carbonate (2.0 g, 6.14 mmol) was slowly added and stirred at 23 °C until the evolution of gas ceased. Iodoethane (0.97 mL, 12.04 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 18 hours. The reaction was stopped and quenched with the addition of deionized water (20 mL) and poured into a separatory funnel. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL, 2 times). The combined organics were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-20% ethyl acetate/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Intermediate 9-1 as a white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 195.1 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Intermediate 9-2 To a suspension of Compound A9 (100 mg, 0.32 mmol), Intermediate 9-1 (65 mg, 0.34 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (126 mg, 0.48 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.2 mL) was added di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (110 mg, 0.48 mmol) as a solid in one portion. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 hours, at which time LC/MS analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction was concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed with refractive index detection (0-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Intermediate 9-2 as a yellow solid. LC/MS: m/z = 489.0 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 9-1 A flask containing Intermediate 9-2 (0.050 mg, 0.102 mmol) was charged with Compound B6 (0.048 g, 0.123 mmol), bis(di-tert-butyl(4- dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine)dichloropalladium(II) (3.6 mg, 0.005 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (0.065 g, 0.307 mmol). The solids were dissolved in degassed 1,4-dioxane (0.33 mL) and deionized water (0.17 mL). The reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours, allowed to cool and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (3 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (5 mL, 2 times). The combined organic extracts were concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromatography was performed (0-20% methanol/dichloromethane). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to yield Compound 9-1 as a yellow solid and a mixture of diastereomers. LC/MS: m/z = 629.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 92 Compound 92 was synthesized using Compound 9-1, the corresponding aryl boronate ester or acid, and following the general procedures used for Compound 7, with the exception that Na 2 CO 3 was used instead of K 3 PO 4 . Compound 92 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.20 – 7.07 (m, 5H), 7.04 – 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 5.36 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (qt, J = 10.6, 4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.27 – 3.11 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 3H), 3.07 (dd, J = 14.3, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.59 (dd, J = 14.3, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (s, 3H) ppm (26 of 34 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 661.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 93 Ethyl (S)-2-hydroxy-3-(2-methoxyphenyl)propanoate and Compound A9 were used as starting materials when performing the procedure for the synthesis of Intermediate 9-2; the resulting product and Compound B6 were used when performing the procedure for the synthesis of Compound 9-1; and lastly, the resulting product was used when performing the general procedures used for Compound 92 to produce Compound 93. Compound 93 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (ddd, J = 9.0, 7.7, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 – 7.07 (m, 3H), 7.04 – 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40 – 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J = 13.8, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.10 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.38 (dd, J = 13.8, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.75 (s, 3H) ppm (30 of 36 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 691.2 [M+H] + amu. Example 10: Synthesis of Compounds 94 through 101

Synthesis Compound 94

Compound 94: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4): δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.14 – 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.82 – 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.63 – 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.42 – 6.93 (m, 6H), 6.91 – 6.64 (m, 1.3H), 6.66 – 6.39 (m, 1.6H), 6.34 – 6.18 (m, 0.6H), 5.39 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.8 Hz, 0.6H), 5.32 – 5.15 (m, 3.2H), 5.15 – 4.96 (m, 3H), 4.46 – 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 2.94 (m, 6.4H), 2.84 (s, 3.7H), 2.55 – 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 2H), 2.11 (s, 1.2H), 1.63 – 0.98 (m, 7H) ppm (mixture of diastereomers). LC/MS: m/z = 908.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis Compound 95

Compound 95: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 8.54 – 8.44 (m, 1H), 8.19 – 7.96 (m, 3H), 7.88 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (ddd, J = 9.1, 3.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51 – 7.45 (m, 1.3H), 7.39 – 7.26 (m, 1.7H), 7.16 – 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.05 – 6.89 (m, 3H), 6.81 – 6.63 (m, 1.5H), 6.47 (dd, J = 7.2, 1.9 Hz, 1.2H), 6.40 – 6.32 (m, 0.6H), 6.19 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 0.6H), 6.10 (dd, J = 4.4, 2.9 Hz, 0.5H), 5.33 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 5.25 – 5.09 (m, 3.2H), 5.06 – 4.48 (m, 3H), 4.34 – 4.13 (m, 2.4H), 3.61 – 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.16 – 2.84 (m, 12H), 2.74 – 2.68 (m, 4H), 2.56 (s, 1H), 2.47 – 2.34 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 2H), 2.03 (s, 1H), 1.43 – 1.37 (m, 5H) ppm (mixture of diastereomers). LC/MS: m/z = 905.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis Compound 96 Compound 96 was synthesized following the general procedures used for the synthesis of Compound 94, except that the last cross coupling reaction was performed using cyclobutylmethylzinc bromide and following the general procedures used for the final cross coupling reaction used for Compound 29. 1H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 8.14 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.68 – 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 – 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J = 6.8, 1.2, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 – 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.60 – 6.51 (m, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J = 9.2, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 5.05 (qd, J = 8.6, 2.9 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.53 (dd, J = 14.1, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J = 14.1, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (dd, J = 13.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.90 – 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.10 – 1.67 (m, 7H), 1.32 – 1.22 (m, 1H) ppm (32 of 32 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 710.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis Compound 97

Compound 97: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 8.89 – 8.78 (m, 1H), 8.49 – 8.32 (m, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12 – 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.94 – 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.83 – 7.61 (m, 3H), 7.60 – 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.43 – 7.34 (m, 0.4H), 7.28 – 7.03 (m, 5.5H), 6.97 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (t, J = 7.2, 0.5H), 6.80 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 0.5H), 6.44 – 6.26 (m, 1H), 5.55 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.8, 0.3H), 5.44 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.4 Hz, 0.5H), 5.38 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 4.47 – 4.29 (m, 1.8H), 4.13 – 4.10 (m, 3H), 3.94 – 3.82 (m, 3H), 3.51 – 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.24 – 2.98 (m, 3H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.75 – 2.51 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 2H), 2.14 (s, 1H) ppm (mixture of diastereomers). LC/MS: m/z = 710.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 98 Compound 98 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 94 and using 5-chloro-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole as the starting material. Compound 98 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Acetonitrile-d 3 ): δ 7.96 (dd, J = 1.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 – 7.05 (m, 5H), 7.05 – 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.80 – 6.66 (m, 1H), 6.44 – 6.23 (m, 2H), 5.28 (ddd, J = 22.7, 9.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 2H), 4.95 – 4.78 (m, 2H), 4.22 (ddd, J = 18.8, 10.5, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.20 – 2.96 (m, 4H), 2.62 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 3H), 2.21 (s, 1H), 1.87 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 875.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 99 Compound 99 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 94 and using 6-chloro-1-methyl-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one as the starting material. Compound 99 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 924.8 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 100 Compound 100 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 94 and using 3,5-dichloro-2-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine as the starting material. Compound 100 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 943.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 101 Compound 101 was synthesized with the general procedures used for Compound 96 and using 3,5-dichloro-2-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine as the starting material. Compound 101 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d): δ 8.13 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 15.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 – 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.98 (ddd, J = 7.4, 4.6, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 6.41 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J = 9.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.99 (p, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (dd, J = 14.3, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (dd, J = 14.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J = 14.4, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J = 14.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (q, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.02 (ddt, J = 23.3, 13.6, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.92 – 1.66 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: m/z = 744.6 [M+H] + amu.

Example 11: Synthesis of Intermediate 11-1, Compound 109, Compound 117, Compound 118 and Compound 123 Synthesis of Intermediate 11-1 Step 1 To a solution of a 3-methylsulfonylbenzamidine;hydrochloride (100.0 mg, 0.430 mmol) and (E)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethoxy-but-3-en-2-one (66.4 mg, 0.380 mmol) in Methanol (6 mL) at room temperature was added NaOMe (1.3 mL, 0.650 mmol) dropwise via an addition funnel. After the addition, the resulting mixture was heated at 50 °C under N 2 for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (40 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with more EtOAc (20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by the silica gel chromatography to yield 4-(dimethoxymethyl)-2-(3- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl)pyrimidine as a brown solid (40 mg, 30% yield). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.10 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.83 – 8.77 (m, 1H), 8.09 (dt, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.2, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 6H), 3.15 (t, J = 0.7 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 308.2 [M+H] + amu. Step 2 To a suspension of 4-(dimethoxymethyl)-2-(3-methylsulfonylphenyl)pyrimidine (130.0 mg, 0.420 mmol) in water (3 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (4 M in dioxane) (0.85 mL, 3.38 mmol; in dioxane). The resulting mixture was capped and heated at 50 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C followed by addition of sodium hydroxide (145.6 mg, 3.64 mmol) until pH ~ 8 - 9; then NaBH 4 (32.5 mg, 0.860 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed and continued to stir at room temperature for 45 minutes. The reaction was quenched with the addition of water (3 mL) and then partitioned between EtOAc (40 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with 20% iPrOH in CHCl 3 (30 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield (2-(3-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methanol as a light brown paste (87.0 mg, 78% yield). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.08 (td, J = 1.8, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.81 – 8.77 (m, 1H), 8.10 (ddd, J = 7.8, 2.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (td, J = 7.8, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dt, J = 5.1, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (s, 4H) (11 of 12 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 264.3 [M+H] + amu. Step 3 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-(2- hydroxyphenyl)propanoate (78.0 mg, 0.240 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added [2-(3- methylsulfonylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]methanol (84.0 mg, 0.320 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (127.0 mg, 0.480 mmol). After the resulting mixture became a homogeneous solution, di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (111.0 mg, 0.480 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was continued to stir at room temperature under N 2 for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was stopped and purified by silica gel chromatography to yield ethyl (S)-2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(3-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl)pyrimidin-4- yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate as a white solid (101.0 mg, 74% yield). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (q, J = 6.8, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 7.01 – 6.87 (m, 2H), 6.21 (s, 3H), 4.56 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (td, J = 8.2, 7.7, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.45 – 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.17 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 3H), 2.99 – 2.89 (m, 1H), 1.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.78 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 10H), -0.13 (s, 3H), -0.24 (s, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 571.1 [M+H] + amu. Step 4 To a solution of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[[2-(3- methylsulfonylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]propanoat e (101.0 mg, 0.180 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added TBAF (1.0 M in THF, 0.270 mL, 0.270 mmol). After addition, the resulting mixture was continued to stir at room temperature under N 2 for 1 hour. The reaction was stopped and purified via silica gel chromatography to yield ethyl (S)-2-hydroxy-3-(2-((2-(3-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)pyrimidin-4 - yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate as a white solid (72.0 mg, 89% yield). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 4.60 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (dd, J = 13.7, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, J = 13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 3H) (23 of 24 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 457.2 [M+H] + amu.

Synthesis of Compound 118 Compound 11-1 was synthesized using compound A9, Intermediate 11-1, and following the general procedure used to synthesized Compound 3-2. Compound 11-2 was synthesized using Compound B-6, Compound 11-1, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-3. Compound 118 was synthesized using Compound 11- 2, cyclobutyl zinc bromide and following the general procedures used for the synthesis of Compound 29. Compound 118 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.81 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.58 – 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 3.24 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 3.20 (s, 7H), 3.05 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.56 – 2.46 (m, 2H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 1.33 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H) (46 of 47 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 883.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 117 Compound 117 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 118, wherein the corresponding amidine was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 11-1. Compound 117 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (dt, J = 7.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.36 – 8.33 (m, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 – 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.27 – 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.17 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.47 – 5.17 (m, 3H), 4.33 (dq, J = 10.0, 5.9 Hz, 3H), 3.58 – 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.38 (dd, J = 13.2, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.06 – 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.81 (s, 4H), 2.63 – 2.23 (m, 4H), 2.13 – 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.95 – 1.88 (m, 6H) (41 of 44 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 889.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 123 Compound 123 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 118, wherein the corresponding amidine was used when performing the general procedures used for the synthesis of Intermediate 11-1. Compound 123 was obtained as a yellow solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 – 6.98 (m, 3H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 3H), 6.80 (td, J = 7.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 – 5.45 (m, 1H), 5.28 – 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.22 (dq, J = 9.4, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 5H), 3.55 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.49 – 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.17 – 2.90 (m, 9H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.49 – 2.20 (m, 3H), 2.12 – 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.85 – 1.67 (m, 7H) (50 of 52 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 890.4 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Intermediate 11-2 Step 1 To a solution of cyclopropanecarboximidamide hydrochloride (3.07 g, 25.45 mmol, 0.8 eq, HCl) and methyl (E)-4-(dimethylamino)-2-oxo-but-3-enoate (5 g, 31.81 mmol, 1 eq) in MeCN (100 mL) was added K 2 CO 3 (8.79 g, 63.63 mmol, 2.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of H 2 O (120 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 2 times). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (150 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield methyl 2- cyclopropylpyrimidine-4-carboxylate (1.14 g, 6.40 mmol, 20.11% yield) as a pale-yellow oil. Step 2 To a solution of methyl 2-cyclopropylpyrimidine-4-carboxylate (1.8 g, 10.10 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (30 mL) was added DIBAL-H (1 M, 20.20 mL, 2.00 eq) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched slowly with H 2 O (100 mL), then filtered via celite pad and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL, 3 times). The combined organic phase was concentrated to give Intermediate 11-2 (1.00 g, 6.39 mmol, 63.3% yield, 96% purity) as a light-yellow oil. LC/MS: m/z = 151.0 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Intermediate 109 Compound 109 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 118, wherein Intermediate 11-2 was used instead of Intermediate 11-1. Compound 109 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.28 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 – 7.05 (m, 3H), 7.05 – 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.54 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.22 – 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.53 – 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.63 – 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.42 – 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.25 – 3.00 (m, 6H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.60 – 2.29 (m, 3H), 2.23 (tt, J = 7.7, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.18 – 2.02 (m, 1H), 2.02 – 1.74 (m, 7H), 1.16 – 1.08 (m, 5H) (43 of 45 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 769.3 [M+H] + amu. Example 12: Synthesis of Intermediate 12-1, Compound 110, and Compound 111 and Compound 138 Synthesis of Intermediate 12-1 Step 1 To a solution of compound methyl 2-chloropyrimidine-4-carboxylate (5.00 g, 28.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added DIBAL-H (1 M, 57.9 mL, 2.00 eq) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with 10 % citric acid (aqueous) and stirred at 20 °C for 30 minutes. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (80 mL) and water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain a yellow solid (2.10 g, 14.5 mmol, 50.4% yield). The yellow solid was used in the next step without further purification. LC/MS: m/z = 145.0 [M+H] + amu. Step 2 To a solution of (2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methanol (500 mg, 3.46 mmol), 2-(3,6- dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborola ne (799.2 mg, 3.80 mmol, 1.10 eq), K 3 PO 4 (2.20 g, 10.38 mmol, 3.00 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (253.1 mg, 345.9 umol, 0.10 eq) in dioxane (5 mL) was added H 2 O (2 mL) degassed and purged with N 2 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 3 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL, 3 times). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield (2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methanol (360 mg, 1.87 mmol, 54.15% yield) as a yellow solid. LC/MS: m/z = 193.1 [M+H] + amu. Step 3 To a solution of (2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methanol (200 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd/C (0.1 g, 10% purity), and the reaction mixture was degassed and purged with H 2 (2.10 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1.00 eq) 3 times. The reaction was stirred at 20 °C for 1 hour under H 2 (15 psi) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield (2-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methanol as a yellow solid (200 mg, 1.03 mmol, 98.96% yield). Step 4 To a mixture of (2-tetrahydropyran-4-ylpyrimidin-4-yl)methanol (143.66mg, 0.7400 mmol), ethyl rac-(2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-(2- hydroxyphenyl)propanoate (200.mg, 0.6200 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (0.24g, 0.9200 mmol) in THF (6.1635 mL) was added DBAD (0.21g, 0.9200 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under inert atmosphere for 2 hours at which point the mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to give the desired product as a white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 501.3 [M+H] + amu. Step 5 To a solution of ethyl rac-(2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[(2- tetrahydropyran-4-ylpyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy]phenyl]propanoate (0.24g, 0.4800 mmol) in THF (4.7933 mL) was added tertbutyl ammonium fluoride solution (1 M in THF, 0.72mL, 0.72 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then purified by silica gel chromatography to give Intermediate 12- 1 as an off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 387.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 111 Synthesis of Compound 111 Compound 12-1 was synthesized using compound A9, Intermediate 12-1, and following the general procedure used to synthesize Compound 3-2. Compound 12-2 was synthesized using Compound B-6, Compound 12-1, and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 3-3. Compound 111 was synthesized using Compound 12-2 and following the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 111 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 – 7.12 (m, 3H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.29 – 5.05 (m, 2H), 4.40 (td, J = 5.2, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 4.19 – 3.97 (m, 2H), 3.69 – 3.44 (m, 3H), 3.36 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 3H), 3.23 – 3.00 (m, 6H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.61 – 2.25 (m, 3H), 2.20 – 2.04 (m, 1H), 2.03 – 1.84 (m, 11H) (46 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 813.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 110 Compound 110 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 111, wherein the corresponding vinyl boronate ester was used when performing the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 12-1. Compound 110 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ): δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.74 – 8.61 (m, 1H), 7.71 – 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.33 – 7.06 (m, 4H), 7.03 – 6.76 (m, 2H), 6.61 – 6.46 (m, 1H), 5.60 – 5.47 (m, 1H), 5.28 – 5.10 (m, 2H), 4.47 – 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.62 – 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.27 – 2.97 (m, 11H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.61 – 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.22 – 1.82 (m, 16H) (49 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 847.3 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 138 Compound 138 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 111, wherein the corresponding vinyl boronate ester was used when performing the general procedures used to synthesize Intermediate 12-1. Compound 138 was obtained as an off-white solid. Diastereomer 1: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 CN) δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (td, J = 8.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 – 6.76 (m, 5H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.60 – 5.32 (m, 1H), 5.11 – 4.97 (m, 2H), 4.55 – 4.37 (m, 3H), 3.80 – 3.43 (m, 7H), 3.36 (dd, J = 9.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.22 – 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.88 – 2.73 (m, 5H), 2.70 – 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.52 – 2.34 (m, 2H), 2.07 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 14H), 1.87 – 1.77 (m, 3H) (53 of 53 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 841.2 [M+H] + amu. Diastereomer 2: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 CN) δ 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.81 – 8.60 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (td, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 – 6.88 (m, 3H), 6.83 (td, J = 7.6, 1 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (dd, J = 8.3, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.18 – 4.96 (m, 2H), 4.71 – 4.30 (m, 3H), 3.86 – 3.43 (m, 13H), 3.37 (dd, J = 14, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.03 – 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.69 – 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.52 – 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.19 – 2.02 (m, 6H), 1.83 – 1.47 (m, 5H) (50 of 53 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 841.3 [M+H] + amu. Diastereomer 3: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 CN) δ 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.15 – 7.00 (m, 3H), 7.00 – 6.85 (m, 4H), 6.64 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 5.51 (dd, J = 8.7, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.20 – 5.08 (m, 2H), 4.59 – 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.69 – 3.44 (m, 8H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.28 – 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.93 – 2.75 (m, 4H), 2.67 (dd, J = 14.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 2.54 – 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.16 – 2.01 (m, 5H), 1.87 – 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.36 – 1.22 (m, 2H) (48 of 53 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 841.3 [M+H] + amu. Diastereomer 4: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 CN) δ 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.86 – 8.63 (m, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (td, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz, 3H), 7.13 – 7.02 (m, 3H), 7.00 – 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.91 – 6.87 (m, 1H), 6.64 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (dd, J = 8.6, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.30 – 5.03 (m, 2H), 4.54 – 4.47 (m, 2H), 3.65 – 3.46 (m, 8H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.27 – 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.13 – 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.78 – 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.52 – 2.32 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.02 – 1.98 (m, 3H), 1.91 – 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.83 – 1.32 (m, 5H) (50 of 53 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 841.3 [M+H] + amu.

Example 13: Alternate Synthesis of Intermediate 6-0, and Synthesis of Compounds 140 through 145 and 147 Alternate Synthesis of Intermediate 6-0 Step 1 2-Chloro-4-(chloromethyl)pyrimidine was prepared according to literature precedent (J. Med. Chem. 2020, 63, 9888 – 9911; PCT Int. Appl. 2020198711, 01 Oct. 2020). Step 2 A 250mL round bottomed flask was charged with ethyl (2S)-2-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate (5.30g, 16.3 mmoles) followed by DMF (25mL) to yield a clear yellow solution. At room temperature, 2-chloro-4- chloromethyl)-pyrimdine (3.30g, 20.2 mmoles) was injected dropwise. Solid potassium carbonate (4.51g, 32.7 mmoles) was added in a single portion and the reaction was aged with stirring at room temperature overnight (~16hrs). LC/MS analysis indicated consumption of the starting material, with some cleavage of the TBS group. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (70mL) and water (40mL). The aqueous phase was separated and the organic was washed twice with water, followed by brine (30mL portions). The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The crude oil thus obtained was purified by flask chromatography (gradient 0-30% acetone/hexanes). The active fractions as verified by LCMS (M+H+ = 451amu) were pooled and concentrated to a yellow oil. NMR analysis confirmed isolation of ethyl (2S)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-[2-[(2- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy]phenyl]propanoate (Intermediate 6-0) (2500mg, 34%). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.69 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J = 7.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.49 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (qd, J = 7.2, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J = 13.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J = 13.2, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.29 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.75 (s, 9H), -0.16 (s, 3H), - 0.28 (s, 3H) ppm. Synthesis of Compound 140 Compound 140 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 144 and using the corresponding boronate ester or acid. Compound 140 was obtained as an amorphous off-whte solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 – 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.28 – 7.10 (m, 4H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.35 – 5.13 (m, 3H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.98 (p, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (dd, J = 14.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (broad s, 4H), 3.01 – 2.82 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.30 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.86 – 1.66 (m, 5H), 1.58 (td, J = 8.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H). Synthesis of Compound 141 Compound 141 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 144 and using the corresponding boronate ester or acid. Compound 141 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.73 – 7.63 (m, 3H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 4H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.35 – 5.18 (m, 4H), 4.25 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.03 – 3.91 (m, 1H) , 3.24 (dd, J = 14.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (broad s, 4H), 3.01 – 2.82 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.30 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.86 – 1.66 (m, 5H), 1.58 (td, J = 8.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H). Synthesis of Compound 142 Compound 142 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 144 and using the corresponding boronate ester or acid. Compound 142 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.06 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.13 (m, 3H), 7.03 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.35 – 5.11 (m, 2H), 4.47 – 4.31 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.55 – 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.15 – 3.11 (m, 3H), 3.10 – 2.99 (m, 3H), 2.82 (s, 4H), 2.08 – 1.97 (m, 5H), 1.84 – 1.67 (m, 3H) (38 of 46 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 869.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 143 Compound 143 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 144 and using the corresponding boronate ester or acid. Compound 143 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 – 7.11 (m, 4H), 7.03 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (dd, J = 6.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.36 – 5.15 (m, 2H), 4.44 – 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.54 – 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42 – 3.34 (m, 4H), 3.25 – 3.12 (m, 3H), 3.09 – 2.99 (m, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.52 – 2.38 (m, 2H), 2.06 – 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.92 – 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.82 – 1.72 (m, 3H) (49 of 53 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 889.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 144

Step 1 To a solution of ethyl (S)-2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(2-((2- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate (Intermediate 6-0; 320 mg, 0.710 mmol), 2-fluorophenylboronic acid (198.5 mg, 1.42 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (462.3 mg, 1.42 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (51.9 mg, 0.071 mmol) in dioxane (5.6 mL) was added H 2 O (1.4 mL) degassed and purged with N 2 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL, 3 times). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield ethyl (S)-2-((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2-fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4 - yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate (320 mg, 0.623 mmol, 88.3% yield) as a yellow oil. LC/MS: m/z = 511.2 [M+H] + amu. Step 2 To a solution of ethyl (S)-2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2- fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate (320 mg, 0.63 mmol) in THF (6.27 mL) was added tert-butyl ammonium fluoride solution (1 M in THF, 0.94 mL, 0.94 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour, at which time LC/MS analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The reaction mixture was then purified by silica gel chromatography to give ethyl (S)-3-(2-((2-(2- fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-2-hydroxypropano ate as an off-white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 397.1 [M+H] + amu. Step 3 To a suspension of Compound A9 (150.0 mg, 0.48 mmol), ethyl (S)-3-(2-((2-(2- fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-2-hydroxypropano ate (209 mg, 0.528 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (268 mg, 0.720 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4.8 mL) was added di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (188.6 mg, 0.720 mmol) as a solid in one portion. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours, at which time LC/MS analysis showed complete conversion to the desired product. The crude reaction was purified by silica gel chromatography to give ethyl (R)-2-((5-chloro-4-iodoisothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin- 3-yl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2-fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)ph enyl)propanoate as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.92 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.07 (td, J = 7.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 – 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.33 – 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.25 – 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.04 – 6.83 (m, 2H), 5.87 (dd, J = 9.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.40 – 5.17 (m, 2H), 4.23 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J = 13.9, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 690.9 [M+H] + amu. Step 4 A flask containing ethyl (R)-2-((5-chloro-4-iodoisothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-3- yl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2-fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phen yl)propanoate (280 mg, 0.405 mmol) was charged with Compound B6 (173 mg, 0.438 mmol), [1,3-bis(2,6- diisopropylphenyl)imidazol-2-ylidene](3-chloropyridyl)pallad ium(II) dichloride (13.7 mg, 0.050 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (129 mg, 0.608 mmol). The solids were dissolved in degassed 1,4-dioxane (1.3 mL) and deionized water (0.8 mL). The reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours, allowed to cool and poured into a separatory funnel containing water (3 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (5 mL, 2 times). The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield ethyl (2R)-2-((5-chloro-4-(3-chloro-2-methyl-4-(2-(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)isothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin -3-yl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2- fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate (341 mg, 0.410 mmol, >99% yield) as a yellow foam and a mixture of diastereomers. LC/MS: m/z = 831.1 [M+H] + amu. Step 5 Compound 144 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 29 and using ethyl (2R)-2-((5-chloro-4-(3-chloro-2-methyl-4-(2-(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)isothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin -3-yl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2- fluorophenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoate. Compound 144 was obtained as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (td, J = 7.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 – 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.31 (td, J = 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 – 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.18 – 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.05 – 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (dd, J = 9.9, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.41 – 5.18 (m, 2H), 4.34 (hept, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.59 – 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.37 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.27 – 3.12 (m, 4H), 3.11 – 3.01 (m, 3H), 2.82 (s, 4H), 2.60 – 2.32 (m, 3H), 2.15 – 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.96 – 1.84 (m, 6H) (41 of 44 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 823.2 [M+H] + amu. Synthesis of Compound 145 Synthesis scheme for Intermediate 7-1A

Synthesis of Compound 145 Compound 145 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that Intermediate 7-1A was used instead of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 145, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 145 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d 4 ) δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 – 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.29 – 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.13 (td, J = 7.4, 6.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 – 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.35 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.36 – 5.24 (m, 2H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.59 – 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.32 (dd, J = 14.0, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (s broad, 8H), 3.03 – 2.97 (m, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.30 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 1.98 – 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 1.87 – 1.54 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound 147 Synthesis Scheme for Intermediate 7-1C

Synthesis of Compound 147 Compound 147 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that Intermediate 7-1A was used instead of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 147, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29.Compound 147 was obtained as an off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.26 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (td, J = 7.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 – 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (td, J = 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.40 – 5.20 (m, 2H), 4.50 – 3.12 (m, 2H), 4.15 – 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.62 (tt, J = 11.9, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 3.57 – 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.28 – 3.07 (m, 7H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.57 – 2.29 (m, 3H), 2.17 – 1.71 (m, 12H) (45 of 49 protons observed). LC/MS: m/z = 837.2 [M+H] + amu. Example 14: Synthesis of Intermediates 14-1 (2-chloro-4- (hydroxymethyl)nicotinonitrile)and Compound 146 Synthesis of Intermediate 14-1 Step 1 A mixture of 2-chloro-4-methylnicotinonitrile (30.0 g, 196 mmol, 1.00 eq), hydrogen peroxide (55.4 g, 589 mmol, 3.00 eq) in dichloromethane (300 mL) were evacuated and refilled with N 2 for 3 times, then TFAA (123 g, 589 mmol, 82.0 mL, 3.00 eq) was added at 0 °C, then the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hrs under N 2 atmosphere. LC-MS showed one peak with the desired mass detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition NaI (300 mL) at 25 °C, and then added sodium thiosulfate saturated solution (300 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (300 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a 2-chloro-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine 1-oxide (33.0 g, crude) as a green solid. LC/MS: m/z = 169.0 [M+H] + amu. Step 2 To mixture of 2-chloro-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine 1-oxide (21.8 g, 129 mmol, 1.00 eq) in Ac 2 O (200 mL) were evacuated and refilled with N 2 3 times, then the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hrs under N 2 atmosphere. LC-MS showed one peak with the desired mass detected. The reaction solution was concentrated to remove solvent. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) and aqueous K 2 CO 3 (100 mL), extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate (15: 1 ~ 5: 1), (TLC: Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 3: 1, P1 R f = 0.5). 2-Chloro-3-cyanopyridin-4-yl)methyl acetate (5.50 g, 26.1 mmol, 20.1% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil. LC/MS: m/z = 210.9 [M+H] + amu. Step 3 A mixture of 2-chloro-3-cyanopyridin-4-yl)methyl acetate (5.00 g, 23.7 mmol, 1.00 eq) in EtOH (50 mL) was evacuated and backfilled with N 2 3 times, and then K 2 CO 3 (6.56 g, 47.4 mmol, 2.00 eq) was added to the mixture at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred at 20 °C for 3 hrs under N 2 atmosphere. Thin layer chromatography indicated that the starting material was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 5: 1 to DCM: MeOH = 10: 1) to yield 2-chloro-4-(hydroxymethyl)nicotinonitrile (Intermediate 14-1) (2.95 g, 17.1 mmol, 72.2% yield, 97.2% purity) as a white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.28-5.35 (m, 2 H) 7.35-7.42 (m, 1 H) 8.49-8.58 (m, 1 H). Synthesis of Compound 146 Scheme for Synthesis of Intermediate 7-1B Synthesis of Compound 146 Compound 146 was synthesized following the general procedures used for Compound 64, except that Intermediate 7-1B was used instead of Intermediate 7-1, and in the last step of the synthesis of Compound 146, cyclobutyl zinc bromide was used with the general procedures used to synthesize Compound 29. Compound 146 was obtained as an amorphous off-white solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.81 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 – 7.09 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.46 – 5.31 (m, 2H), 4.36 (h, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.64 – 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.34 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.29 – 2.92 (m, 10H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.62 – 2.29 (m, 3H), 2.15 – 1.78 (m, 8H). LC/MS: m/z = 859.2 [M+H] + amu. Assignment of Absolute Chemical Configuration by Vibrational Circular Dichroism Experimental Protocol for Vibrational Circular Dichroism A 50 mg/mL CDCl 3 solution of the chiral test compound is subjected to absolute configuration determination via vibrational circular dichroism (VCD) using a ChiralIR-2X spectrometer (BioTools, Inc) set to to 4 cm -1 resolution and optimized at 1400 cm -1 . A sample of test compound in CDCl 3 is loaded into an SL-4 cell (International Crystal Laboratories) with BaF2 windows and 100 μm path length, and infrared (IR) and VCD spectra acquired in 24 one-hour blocks, which are averaged at the completion of the run. A 15-minute acquisition of neat (+)-α-pinene control is also acquired to yield a VCD spectrum in agreement with literature spectra. IR and VCD spectra were background-corrected using a 5-minute block acquisition of the empty instrument chamber. IR spectra are solvent corrected utilizing a one-hour block acquisition of CDCl 3 . For enantiomeric pairs of compounds, final VCD spectra used for assignment are processed via enantiomer subtraction (half-difference). Computational Protocol An arbitrarily chosen, but known, enantiomer of the compound in question is subjected to an exhaustive initial molecular mechanics-based conformational search (MMFF94 force field, 0.08 Å geometric RMSD cutoff, and 30 kcal/mol energy window) as implemented in MOE (Chemical Computing Group, Montreal, CA). The resultant conformers are checked to ensure the input chirality is retained. All MMFF94 conformers are then subjected to geometry optimization, harmonic frequency calculation, and VCD rotational strength evaluation with density functional theory. All final quantum mechanical calculations utilize the B3PW91 functional, cc-pVTZ basis (def2-TZVP basis for iodine-containing compounds) and the implicit IEFPCM chloroform solvation model as implemented in the Gaussian 16 program system (Rev. B.01; Frisch et al., Gaussian, Inc., Wallingford, CT). Resultant harmonic frequencies are scaled by 0.98. All structurally unique conformers are Boltzmann weighted by relative free energy at 298.15 K. The predicted IR and VCD frequencies and intensities are convolved using Lorentzian line shapes (γ = 4 cm -1 ) and summed using the respective Boltzmann weights to yield the final predicted IR and VCD spectra of the input enantiomer. The predicted VCD of the opposite corresponding enantiomer is easily generated by inversion of sign. From the generally excellent agreement between the predicted and measured IR and VCD spectra of the test article, the absolute configuration of the test article can generally be established in an unambiguous fashion. Biological Experiments MCL1, BCL2 and BCLXL Affinity Assays Recombinant MCL1, BCL2 and BCXL proteins were prepared in either an E. coli host derived from the BL21 strain or in HEK-293 cells. The recombinant proteins were subsequently tagged with DNA for qPCR detection. Streptavidin-coated magnetic beads were treated for 30 minutes at room temperature with the respective biotinylated peptide ligands for each recombinant protein to generate affinity resins for the assays. The liganded beads were blocked with excess biotin and washed with blocking buffer (SeaBlock (Pierce), 1% BSA, 0.05% Tween 20, 1 mM DTT) to remove unbound ligand and to reduce nonspecific binding. Binding reactions were assembled by combining recombinant protein, liganded affinity beads, and test compounds in 1x binding buffer (20% SeaBlock, 0.17x PBS, 0.05% Tween 20, 6 mM DTT). Test compounds were prepared as 111X stocks in 100% DMSO. The compounds were then diluted directly into the assays such that the final concentration of DMSO was 0.9%. The assay plates were incubated at room temperature with shaking for 1 hour and the affinity beads were washed with wash buffer (1x PBS, 0.05% Tween 20). The beads were then re-suspended in elution buffer (1x PBS, 0.05% Tween 20, 0.5 µM non-biotinylated affinity ligand) and incubated at room temperature with shaking for 30 minutes. The recombinant protein concentration in the eluates was measured by qPCR. K d s were determined using an 11- point 3-fold compound dilution series with three DMSO control points. See Table 2. “A*” represents a K d of 100 nM or less, “A” represents a K d of 101 nM to 500 nM, “B” represents a K d of 501 nM to 1,500 nM, and “C” represents a K d of greater than 1,500 nM. Cell Line Growth Retardation Assay Cells were seeded at densities of 1,000-5,000 cells per well in 48-well tissue culture plates. After a 24 h rest period, cells were treated with compound at 10 µM, 1 µM, 0.4 µM, 0.08 µM, 0.016 µM, and 0.0032 µM. A group of cells were treated with the vehicle in which the compound was prepared and served as a control. Prior to treatment, cells were counted and this count was used as a baseline for the calculation of growth inhibition. The cells were grown in the presence of compounds for 6 days and were counted on day 6. All cell counting was performed using a Synentec Cellavista plate imager. Growth inhibition was calculated as a ratio of cell population doublings in the presence of compound versus the absence of compound. If treatment resulted in a net loss of cells from baseline, percent lethality was defined as the decrease in cell numbers in treated wells compared with counts on day 1 of non-treated wells post-seeding. IC 50 values for each compound were calculated by fitting curves to data points from each dose–response assay using the Proc NLIN function in SAS for Windows version 9.2 (SAS Institute, Inc.). Designation of Sensitive and Resistant Cohorts and Calculation of Average IC 50 Values Human cancer cell lines were grouped as “sensitive” or “resistant” to MCL1 inhibition based on whether their growth was retarded by AMG-176 (i.e., (1'S,11R,12S,14E,16S,16aR,18aR)-6'-Chloro-3',4',12,13,16,16a ,17,18,18a,19-decahydro- 16-methoxy-11,12-dimethyl-,Spiro[5,7-etheno-1H,11H-cyclobut[ i][1,4]oxazepino[3,4- f][1,2,7]thiadiazacyclohexadecine-2(3H),1'(2'H)-naphthalen]- 8(9H)-one 10,10-dioxide) or MIK665 (i.e., (R)-2-((5-(3-chloro-2-methyl-4-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4 -yl)oxy)-3-(2-((2-(2- methoxyphenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propanoic acid) (data not shown; see Table 3). These sensitive and resistant cohorts were interrogated for response to each compound, and IC 50 s were calculated for each cell line using the same technique described above. Average IC 50 s for the sensitive (“AvgSen IC 50 ”) and resistant (“AvgRes IC 50 ”) cohorts were calculated as arithmetic means of the group, and fold differences (“Fold Diff”) between the resistant and sensitive cohorts were calculated by diving the average IC 50 for the resistant cohort by the average IC 50 for the sensitive cohort. See Table 2. “A” represents an IC 50 of 1 µM or less, “B” represents an IC 50 of greater than 1 µM to 5 µM, “C” represents an IC 50 of greater than 5 µM, “+” represents a fold difference of 10 or more, and “-” represents a fold difference less than 10. Caco-2 Assay (P app A to B) The degree of bi-directional human intestinal permeability for compounds was estimated using a Caco-2 cell permeability assay. Caco-2 cells were seeded onto polyethylene membranes in 96-well plates. The growth medium was refreshed every 4 to 5 days until cells formed a confluent cell monolayer. HBSS with 10 mM HEPES at pH 7.4 was used as the transport buffer. Compounds were tested at 2 μM bi-directionally in duplicate. Digoxin, nadolol and metoprolol were included as standards. Digoxin was tested at 10 μM bi-directionally in duplicate, while nadolol and metoprolol were tested at 2 μM in the A to B direction in duplicate. The final DMSO concentration was adjusted to less than 1% for all experiments. The plate was incubated for 2 hours in a CO 2 incubator at 37°C, with 5% CO 2 at saturated humidity. After incubation, all wells were mixed with acetonitrile containing an internal standard, and the plate was centrifuged at 4,000 rpm for 10 minutes.100 µL supernatant was collected from each well and diluted with 100 µL distilled water for LC/MS/MS analysis. Concentrations of test and control compounds in starting solution, donor solution, and receiver solution were quantified by LC/MS/MS, using peak area ratio of analyte to internal standard. The apparent permeability coefficient P app (cm/s) was calculated using the equation: P app = (dC r /dt) x V r / (A x C 0 ), where dC r /dt is the cumulative concentration of compound in the receiver chamber as a function of time (µM/s); Vr is the solution volume in the receiver chamber (0.075 mL on the apical side, 0.25 mL on the basolateral side); A is the surface area for the transport, which is 0.0804 cm 2 for the area of the monolayer; and C 0 is the initial concentration in the donor chamber (µM). The efflux ratio was calculated using the equation: Efflux Ratio = P app (BA) / P app (AB) Percent recovery was calculated using the equation: % Recovery = 100 x [(Vr x Cr) + (Vd x Cd)] / (Vd x C0), where Vd is the volume in the donor chambers, which are 0.075 mL on the apical side and 0.25 mL on the basolateral side; and Cd and Cr are the final concentrations of transport compound in donor and receiver chambers, respectively. Measurement of Compound Metabolic Stability The metabolic stability of compounds was determined in hepatocytes from human, mice and rats. Compounds were diluted to 5 µM in Williams' Medium E from 10 mM stock solutions.10 µL of each compound was aliquoted into a well of a 96-well plate and reactions were started by aliquoting 40 µL of a 625,000 cells/mL suspension into each well. The plate was incubated at 37°C with 5% CO 2 . At each corresponding time point, the reaction was stopped by quenching with ACN containing internal standards (IS) at a 1:3. Plates were shaken at 500 rpm for 10 min, and then centrifuged at 3,220 x g for 20 minutes. Supernatants were transferred to another 96-well plate containing a dilution solution. Supernatants were analyzed by LC/MS/MS. The remaining percent of compound after incubation was calculated using the following equation: % Remaining Compound = Peak Area Ratios of Tested Compound vs. Internal Standard at End Point Peak Area Ratios of Tested Compound vs. Internal Standard at Start Point Compound half-life and CL int were calculated using the following equations: C t = C 0 *e -k*t (first order kinetics); when C t = ½C 0 , t ½ = ln2/k = 0.693/k; and CL int = k/(1,000,000 cells/mL) Rodent Xenograft Models Xenograft models of human cancer cell lines were established in six-week-old CD-1 athymic nude mice by subcutaneous injection of 1.0-3.0 x 10 7 cells with or without 50% matrigel. When tumors reached an average size of 150-400 mm 3 , mice (n=8) were randomized into treatment groups. Tumor xenografts were measured with calipers three times per week, and tumor volume (in mm 3 ) was determined by multiplying height x width x length. Statistical differences between treatment arms at specific time points were performed using a two-tailed paired Student t-test. Differences between groups were considered statistically significant at p <0.05. Compounds were formulated in 15% PS80 in dH 2 O and dosed daily by intravenous injection (IV) for the first 5 days of the study. Data were analyzed using StudyLog software from StudyDirector (San Francisco, CA). Activity-Guided Selection of Inhibitors Subgenera of MCL1 inhibitors having desirable properties were identified using a combination of in vitro data. In particular, the results from the assays described above (e.g., Cell Line Growth Retardation Assay, MCL1, BCL2 and BCLXL Affinity Assays, Caco-2 Assay (Papp A to B), Measurement of Compound Metabolic Stability, and Designation of Sensitivity and Resistant Cohorts and Calculation of Average IC50 Values) were used to select compounds having structural and functional features defined in the subgenera of Formula (VIII) or Formula (XI). In particular, a desirable property of compounds examined in sensitive and resistant cell lines, as described above, is having an average IC 50 for the drug-sensitive cell lines of Table 3 of about 1 µM or lower and having an average IC 50 for the drug- resistant cell lines of Table 3 of greater than 1 µM. The skilled artisan would readily recognize that the results of additional in vitro assays (e.g., CYP enzymatic inhibition, hERG inhibition, compound solubility, target- specificity analysis), as well as the results of in vivo assays (e.g., rodent xenograft studies, rodent pharmacokinetic and single-dose saturation studies, rodent maximum tolerated dose studies, and oral bioavailability) could be used to identify other subgenera of MCL1 inhibitors, or to narrow subgenera determined using other results, for example, the subgenera of Formula (VIII) or Formula (XI).

Table 2. Table 3. Cell Line Name Cohort

Table 4.